Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / McKesson

McKesson

mck · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · McKesson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering 
Innovating 
Better Health 
for Better Health
for 180 Years

Annual Report
Fiscal Year Ended 
March 31, 2013
Annual Report
Fiscal Year Ended 
March 31, 2013

180years

Industry Leadership

FORTUNE Magazine 
#1 “Most Admired” 
in the Healthcare 
Wholesaler Category 

Bloomberg 
Businessweek 50

Towers Watson 
Global High 
Performing Company

“Best Employers for 
Healthy Lifestyles” 
2013 Platinum Award

McKesson is 
an industry 
leader in:

(cid:135)(cid:3) Pharmaceutical distribution 

in U.S. and Canada

(cid:135)(cid:3) Medical-surgical distribution 

to alternate care sites

(cid:135)(cid:3) Generics pharmaceutical 

distribution

(cid:135)(cid:3) Medical-management software 

and services to payers

(cid:135)(cid:3) Business and clinical services 

for providers

(cid:135)(cid:3) Connectivity services

More than

200,000 

physicians use our 
technology and services

76% 

of hospitals with >200 beds 
are McKesson customers

4th 

largest
pharmacy
chain

3,000+ retail 
pharmacies are 
members of our 
Health Mart® franchise

100% 

of the top 25 health plans 
are McKesson customers

1/3 of all 

pharmaceuticals 

used each day in 
North America 
are delivered by 
McKesson

Letter from John Hammergren

Dear Stockholders,

I am pleased to report  
that McKesson completed 
a strong fiscal 2013, led by 
outstanding performance 
in Distribution Solutions. 
Our continued success 
in serving our customers 
helped McKesson’s stock 
reach a fiscal year high of 
$111.55 during March.

For the full year, McKesson had revenues of $122.5 billion compared to  

$122.7 billion in fiscal 2012. The company generated cash from operations 

of $2.5 billion, and ended the year with cash and cash equivalents of $2.5 

billion, providing us with the financial flexibility to continue developing  

and acquiring new capabilities that will help our customers improve  

their performance.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, for example, we completed the 

acquisition of PSS World Medical and have begun the process of bringing 

together the best of our combined businesses to help our customers  

improve efficiency and deliver better care to their patients. In addition, 

during the year we completed several acquisitions that expanded our 

capabilities in new growth markets such as population health management, 

capacity management, and provider business performance. 

As we expanded our portfolio in growth areas, we also took a number of 

strategic and operational actions to position McKesson for the future. In 

the fourth quarter, we announced our intention to exit our International 

Technology and Hospital Automation businesses, and to sell our minority 

stake in Nadro, S.A. de C.V., a privately held pharmaceutical distributor  

in Mexico.

During the course of fiscal 2014, we will complete our 180th year as a 

company—a milestone that makes me both humble and proud. It’s amazing 

to reflect on how much the world and the healthcare industry have changed 

since our founding. We’ve gone from horse-and-buggy doctors to a modern 

infrastructure of high-tech care delivery. During that impressive span 

of time, McKesson has played an integral role in healthcare—delivering 

medicines and medical supplies, supporting care providers, and connecting 

the healthcare system more tightly together. 

And yet, even with all of that history behind us, it is the future that excites 

me the most. Healthcare is experiencing unprecedented change, and our  

customers are looking to us more than ever as they respond to the new 

challenges and opportunities ahead of them. Going into fiscal 2014, I am 

confident that we will continue our tradition of outstanding performance.  

We are well positioned in attractive growth markets and have tremendous 

financial strength, deep customer relationships, and a leadership team with 

the experience and insight to not only anticipate the development of the 

healthcare system, but to help shape and accelerate its progress.

On behalf of the Board of Directors and our employees, thank you for your 

commitment to McKesson in our continuing pursuit of better business 

health for the industry and better health for us all.

John H. Hammergren
Chairman of the Board, 
President and Chief Executive Officer
McKesson Corporation

A History of Innovation, Performance, and Leadership

1800s
Early Pioneers

1833

1830s

John McKesson and Charles Olcott
open a botanical drug import and wholesale shop in New York City.

#
H

Tall-masted clipper ships
docked nearby carry the
products all over the world.

The company distributes 
pharmaceutical products 
by covered wagon to 
17 states and territories 
across America, from 
Vermont to California.

1853

1900s – 1990s
Century of Growth

McKesson persuades several well-established 
regional wholesalers to combine under one 
ownership, forming a national drug wholesaling 
company and becoming a leading distributor 
of pharmaceutical drug products in the U.S.

The company achieves unprecedented sales of more than 
$100 million and sustains steady growth despite the Great Depression.

McKesson & Robbins, later named Foremost-McKesson, leverages 
distribution expertise to establish and grow water, chemical, liquor, dairy 
and other distribution businesses, which it ultimately divests to focus 
solely on healthcare.

Early 1900s

1929

1955

1970s

 
McKesson is named FORTUNE Magazine’s 
#1 Most Admired
Healthcare Wholesaler. 

“Better business health and better patient health go hand-in-hand. Our goal 
is better health for all patients. Our approach to reaching that goal is through 
delivering better business health for the organizations that work in the industry, 
providing better connectivity within and between those organizations, and 
enabling better care for millions of patients every day.”  John Hammergren

McKesson makes several acquisitions, including PSS World Medical, 
extending its leadership in pharmaceutical and medical-surgical 
distribution and bringing additional population health management, 
capacity management, and provider services into its portfolio.

2013

The company’s Health Mart® franchise
passes the 3,000 store mark.

McKesson acquires US Oncology, becoming the 
second-largest distributor of specialty pharmaceuticals.

2012

2010

2000s – Today

McKesson Today

McKesson returns to a singular focus on healthcare, making several investments 

one of the world’s largest healthcare

to become
services companies.

McKesson applies its expertise in barcode accuracy
to introduce Closed Loop DistributionSM, the industry’s
(cid:192)rst palm-based technology for automated pharmacy 
receiving and ordering. 

McKesson pioneers Acumax™, a proprietary
barcode warehouse-management solution,
and receives the Computerworld Smithsonian
Award for information technology innovation.   

Late 1990s

Early 1990s

1990s

Rapid Growth

McKesson introduces 
barcoded shelf labels
and Economost™, the
(cid:192)rst electronic order  
transmission system, 
revolutionizing drug
distribution.

(This page intentionally left blank)

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(cid:95) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013  

OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from             to             
Commission File Number: 1-13252 
McKESSON CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)    

94-3207296 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

One Post Street, San Francisco, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

94104 
(Zip Code) 

(415) 983-8300 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

(Title of each class) 
Common stock, $0.01 par value 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

New York Stock Exchange 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:95)    No  (cid:133) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d)  of 

the Act.  Yes  (cid:133)    No  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  (cid:95)    No  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 
every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files).  Yes  (cid:95)    No  (cid:133) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405  of  this 
chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or 
a  smaller  reporting  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller  reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

(cid:95)
(cid:133) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

   (cid:133)
   Accelerated filer 
   Smaller reporting company     (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  

Yes  (cid:133)    No  (cid:95) 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant, 
computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal 
quarter, September 30, 2012, was approximately $20.2 billion. 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding on April 30, 2013: 226,611,092 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference 

into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 

1. 

Business 

1A.  Risk Factors 

1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

8. 

9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

9A.  Controls and Procedures 

9B.  Other Information 

10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

11. 

Executive Compensation 

PART III 

12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder  
Matters 

13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV 

15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule 

Signatures 

Page

3

10

21

21

21

21

22

23

26

27

49

50

106

106

106

107

107

107

109

109

110

111

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business. 

General 

McKesson  Corporation  (“McKesson,”  the  “Company,”  the  “Registrant”  or  “we”  and  other  similar  pronouns),  is  a 
Fortune  14  corporation  that  delivers  pharmaceuticals,  medical  supplies  and  healthcare  information  technology  that  make 
healthcare safer while reducing costs. 

The  Company's  fiscal  year  begins  on  April  1  and  ends  on  March  31.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  references  in  this 

document to a particular year shall mean the Company's fiscal year. 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange  Act,”)  are  available  free  of  charge  on  our  website  (www.mckesson.com  under  the  “Investors  —Financial 
Information  —SEC  Filings”  caption)  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  such  material  with,  or 
furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”). The content on any website referred to 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this report, unless expressly noted otherwise. 

The public may also read or copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F 
Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by 
calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, 
and  other  information  regarding  issuers,  including  the  Company,  that  file  electronically  with  the  SEC.  The  address  of  the 
website is www.sec.gov. 

Business Segments 

We  operate  in  two  segments.  The  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  segment  distributes  ethical  and  proprietary  drugs, 
medical-surgical supplies and equipment and health and beauty care products throughout North America. This segment also 
provides  specialty  pharmaceutical  solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  and  practice  management, 
technology,  clinical  support  and  business  solutions  to  oncology  and  other  specialty  practices  operating  in  the  community 
setting.  In  addition,  this  segment  sells  financial,  operational  and  clinical  solutions  for  pharmacies  (retail,  hospital,  alternate 
site) and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services. This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. 
(“Nadro”), a pharmaceutical distributor in Mexico. 

The  McKesson  Technology  Solutions  segment  delivers  enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain, 
strategic management software solutions, pharmacy automation for hospitals, as well as connectivity, outsourcing and other 
services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations. This segment also includes McKesson 
Health Solutions, which includes our InterQual® clinical criteria solution, claims payment solutions and network performance 
tools. This segment's customers include hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and payers from North 
America, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. 

Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows:  

(Dollars in billions) 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2013

Years Ended March 31, 
2012

2011

   $

   $

119.1
3.4

122.5

97%    $
3%   

100%    $

119.4
3.3

122.7

97%    $ 

3%   

100%    $ 

108.9
3.2

112.1

97%
3%

100%

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Distribution Solutions 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  consists  of  the  following  businesses:  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution,  McKesson 

Canada, Medical-Surgical Distribution, McKesson Specialty Health and McKesson Pharmacy Systems and Automation. 

U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution:    This  business  supplies  pharmaceuticals  and/or  other  healthcare-related  products  to 
customers in three primary customer channels: (1) retail national accounts (including national and regional chains, food/drug 
combinations,  mail  order  pharmacies  and  mass  merchandisers);  (2)  independent  retail  pharmacies;  and  (3)  institutional 
healthcare providers (including hospitals, health systems, integrated delivery networks, clinics and alternate site providers). 
This  business  also  provides  solutions  and  services  to  pharmaceutical  manufacturers.  This  business  sources  materials  and 
products from a wide-array of different suppliers, including the production of certain generic pharmaceutical drugs through a 
contract-manufacturing program. 

Our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business operates and serves thousands of customer locations through a network of 
28  distribution  centers,  as  well  as  a  primary  redistribution  center,  a  strategic  redistribution  center  and  two  repackaging 
facilities, serving all 50 states and Puerto Rico. We invest in technology and other systems at all of our distribution centers to 
enhance  safety  and  reliability  and  provide  the  best  product  availability  for  our  customers.  For  example,  in  most  of  our 
distribution  centers  we  use  Acumax®  Plus,  an  award-winning  technology  that  integrates  and  tracks  all  internal  inventory-
related functions such as receiving, put-away and order fulfillment. Acumax® Plus uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted 
computer hardware and radio frequency signals to provide customers with real-time product availability and industry-leading 
order quality and fulfillment in excess of 99.9% adjusted accuracy. In addition, we offer Mobile ManagerSM, which integrates 
portable handheld technology with Acumax® Plus to give customers complete ordering and inventory control. We also offer 
McKesson  ConnectSM,  an  Internet-based  ordering  system  that  provides  item  lookup  and  real-time  inventory  availability  as 
well as ordering, purchasing, third-party reconciliation and account management functionality. Together, these features help 
ensure customers have the right products at the right time for their facilities and patients. 

To maximize distribution efficiency and effectiveness, we follow the Six Sigma methodology — an analytical approach 
that  emphasizes  setting  high-quality  objectives,  collecting  data  and  analyzing  results  to  a  fine  degree  in  order  to  improve 
processes,  reduce  costs  and  minimize  errors.  We  continue  to  implement  information  systems  to  help  achieve  greater 
consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers.  

The major offerings of the McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution business by customer group can be categorized 

as retail national accounts, independent retail pharmacies and institutional healthcare providers.  

Retail National Accounts — Business solutions that help national account customers increase revenues and profitability. 

Solutions include: 

•  Central FillSM — Prescription refill service that enables pharmacies to more quickly refill prescriptions remotely, more 

accurately and at a lower cost, while reducing inventory levels and improving customer service. 

• 

•  Redistribution Centers — Two facilities totaling over 750 thousand square feet that offer access to inventory for single 
source  warehouse  purchasing,  including  pharmaceuticals  and  biologicals.  These  distribution  centers  also  provide  the 
foundation for a two-tiered distribution network that supports best-in-class direct store delivery.  
EnterpriseRx® — A Software as a Service (SaaS) pharmacy management system, that allows large retail chain, health 
system,  and  retail  independent  pharmacies  to  meet  demand  for  prescriptions  while  maximizing  profits  and  optimizing 
operations.  

•  RxPakSM — Bulk-to-bottle repackaging service that leverages our purchasing scale and supplier relationships to provide 

• 

pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, help increase inventory turns and reduce working capital investment.  
Inventory  Management  —  An  integrated  solution  comprising  forecasting  software  and  automated  replenishment 
technologies that reduce inventory-carrying costs. 

•  McKesson  OneStop  Generics®  —  Generic  pharmaceutical  purchasing  program  that  helps  pharmacies  maximize  their 

• 

cost savings with a broad selection of generic drugs, low pricing and one-stop shopping.  
ExpressRx Track™ — Pharmacy automation solution featuring state-of-the-art robotics, upgraded imaging and expanded 
vial capabilities, and industry-leading speed and accuracy in a radically small footprint.  

4 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Independent  Retail  Pharmacies  —  Solutions  for  managed  care  contracting,  branding  and  advertising,  merchandising, 
purchasing, operational efficiency and automation that help independent pharmacists focus on patient care while improving 
profitability. Solutions include: 

•  Health Mart® — Health Mart® is a national network of more than 3,000 independently-owned pharmacies and is one of 
the  industry's  most  comprehensive  pharmacy  franchise  programs.  Health  Mart®  provides  franchisees  support  for 
managed  care  contracting,  branding  and  local  marketing  solutions,  the  Health  Mart  private  label  line  of  products, 
merchandising solutions and programs for enhanced patient support. 

•  AccessHealth® — Comprehensive managed care and reconciliation assistance services that help independent pharmacies 

save time, access competitive reimbursement rates and improve cash flow. 

•  McKesson Reimbursement AdvantageSM (“MRA”) — MRA is one of the industry's most comprehensive reimbursement 
optimization  packages,  comprising  financial  services  (automated  claim  resubmission),  analytic  services  and  customer 
care.  

•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — described above. 
• 
• 

EnterpriseRx® — described above. 
Sunmark®  —  Complete  line  of  more  than  700  products  that  provide  retail  independent  pharmacies  with  value-priced 
alternatives to national brands. 
FrontEdge™  —  Strategic  planning,  merchandising  and  price  maintenance  program  that  helps  independent  pharmacies 
maximize store profitability. 

• 

•  McKesson Sponsored Clinical Services (SCS) Network — Access to patient-support services that allow pharmacists to 

earn service fees and develop stronger patient relationships. 

Institutional  Healthcare  Providers  —  Electronic  ordering/purchasing  and  supply  chain  management  systems  that  help 

customers improve financial performance, increase operational efficiencies and deliver better patient care. Solutions include: 

•  McKesson Pharmacy Optimization® — An experienced group of pharmacy professionals providing consulting services 
and  pharmacy  practice  resources.  McKesson  Pharmacy  Optimization®  develops  customized  and  quantifiable  solutions 
that help hospitals create and sustain financial, operational and clinical results. 
Fulfill-RxSM  —  Ordering  and  inventory  management  system  that  integrates  McKesson  pharmaceutical  distribution 
services  with  our  automation  solutions,  thus  empowering  hospitals  to  optimize  the  often  complicated  and  disjointed 
processes related to unit-based cabinet replenishment and inventory management. 

• 

•  Asset  Management  —  Award-winning  inventory  optimization  and  purchasing  management  program  that  helps 

• 

institutional providers lower costs while ensuring product availability. 
SKY  Packaging  —  Blister-format  packaging  containing  the  most  widely  prescribed  dosages  and  strengths  in  generic 
oral-solid medications. SKY Packaging enables acute care, long-term care and institutional pharmacies to provide cost-
effective, uniform packaging. 

•  McKesson Plasma and BioLogics — A full portfolio of plasma-derivatives and biologic products. 
•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — described above.  
•  McKesson  340B  Solution  Suite  and  Macro  Helix®  —  Solutions  that  help  providers  manage,  track  and  report  on 

medication replenishment associated with the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. 

McKesson Canada:  McKesson Canada, a wholly-owned subsidiary, is one of the largest pharmaceutical distributors in 
Canada. McKesson Canada, through its  network of 16 distribution centers,  provides logistics and distribution to  more than 
800 manufacturers — delivering their products to retail pharmacies, hospitals, long-term care centers, clinics and institutions 
throughout  Canada.  Beyond  pharmaceutical  distribution,  logistics  and  order  fulfillment,  McKesson  Canada  has  automated 
over 2,500 retail pharmacies and is also active in hospital automation solutions, dispensing more than 100 million doses each 
year.  In  partnership  with  other  McKesson  businesses,  McKesson  Canada  provides  a  full  range  of  services  to  Canadian 
manufacturers  and  healthcare  providers,  contributing  to  the  quality  and  safety  of  care  for  patients.  In  March  2012,  we 
acquired substantially all of the assets of Drug Trading Company Limited, the independent banner business of the Katz Group 
Canada Inc. (“Katz Group”), and Medicine Shoppe Canada Inc., the franchise business of the Katz Group. The acquisition of 
the  assets  from  the  Drug  Trading  Company  Limited  consists  of  a  marketing  and  purchasing  arm  of  independently  owned 
pharmacies  in  Canada.  The  acquisition  of  Medicine  Shoppe  Canada  Inc.  consists  of  the  franchise  business  of  providing 
services to independent pharmacies in Canada.  

5 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Medical-Surgical  Distribution:    This  business  provides  medical-surgical  supply  distribution,  equipment,  logistics  and 
other  services  to  healthcare  providers  including  physicians'  offices,  surgery  centers,  extended  care  facilities,  homecare  and 
occupational  health  sites  through  a  network  of  distribution  centers  within  the  U.S.  This  business  is  a  leading  provider  of 
supplies  to  the  full  range  of  alternate-site  healthcare  facilities,  including  physicians'  offices,  clinics  and  surgery  centers 
(primary  care),  long-term  care,  occupational  health  facilities  and  homecare  sites  (extended  care).  Through  a  variety  of 
technology products and services geared towards the supply chain, our Medical-Surgical Distribution business is focused on 
helping  its  customers  operate  more  efficiently  while  providing  one  of  the  industry's  most  extensive  product  offerings, 
including our own private label line. On February 22, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of PSS World Medical, 
Inc.  (“PSS  World  Medical”)  of  Jacksonville,  Florida.  PSS  World  Medical  markets  and  distributes  medical  products  and 
services  to  front-line  caregivers  throughout  the  United  States,  differentiating  itself  with  innovative  approaches  to  customer 
service and operational excellence. The unified organization will bring extensive distribution capabilities, deep product and 
technology  expertise  and  a  broad  portfolio  of  business  services  to  an  expanding  industry,  helping  our  customers  improve 
efficiency and productivity, and deliver better care. 

McKesson  Specialty  Health:    This  business  provides  solutions  for  oncology  and  other  specialty  practices  operating  in 
communities  across  the  country,  as  well  as  for  pharmaceutical  and  biotech  suppliers  who  manufacture  specialty  drugs  and 
vaccines.  Through  expertise  in  specialty  drug  distribution,  commercialization,  revenue  cycle  and  practice  management  and 
reimbursement support, McKesson Specialty Health seeks to empower the community patient care delivery system and facilitates 
collaboration among community healthcare providers, drug manufacturers and payers. We provide direct-to-physician specialty 
distribution  services,  ensuring  supply  chain  safety  and  delivery  of  specialty  drugs  in  manufacturer  recommended  conditions. 
Third party logistics, or 3PL, are offered primarily for vaccine distribution, including our exclusive distributor relationship in the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Vaccines for Children program. When classifying a pharmaceutical product 
or  service  as  “specialty,”  we  consider  the  following  factors:  high  cost;  complex  treatment  regimes,  such  as  oncology  and 
rheumatoid  arthritis;  special  handling,  storage  and  delivery  requirements;  and,  in  some  cases,  exclusive  distribution 
arrangements.  This  business  also  provides  practice  management  and  other  consulting  services  to  healthcare  providers, 
pharmaceutical  manufacturers  and  third  party  payers  supporting  the  clinical  research,  marketing  and  distribution  of  specialty 
pharmaceutical products and services. Our use of the term “specialty” to define a portion of our distribution business may not be 
comparable to that used by other industry participants, including our competitors. 

We  also  offer  our  industry  leading  Lynx®  integrated  technologies,  the  iKnowMedSM  Electronic  Health  Record,  and 
clinical  and  practice  management  tools,  all  of  which  help  community  practices  improve  inventory  management,  practice 
workflow  and  reimbursement  processes,  as  well  as  deliver  business  efficiencies  and  clinical-decision  support.  McKesson 
Specialty  Health  works  with  manufacturers  across  all  phases  of  the  product  development  and  commercialization  lifecycle, 
including clinical research, to optimize delivery of complex medication to patients. Through custom distribution and safety 
programs, we help support appropriate product utilization, as well as the development and management of Risk Evaluation 
Mitigation  Strategies  (“REMS”),  reimbursement,  healthcare  informatics  and  patient  access  programs,  and  to  enable 
manufacturers  to  deliver  cost  effective  patient  access  to  needed  therapies.  McKesson  Specialty  Health  supports  The  US 
Oncology  Network  and  US  Oncology  Research.  The  US  Oncology  Network  is  one  of  the  nation's  largest  networks  of 
community-based  oncology  physicians  dedicated  to  advancing  high-quality,  evidence-based  cancer  care.  US  Oncology 
Research is one of the nation's largest research networks, specializing in Phase I — Phase IV oncology clinical trials. 

McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation:    This  business  supplies  integrated  pharmacy  management  systems, 
automated  dispensing  systems  and  related  services  to  retail,  outpatient,  central  fill,  specialty  and  mail  order  pharmacies.  Its 
primary approach is to provide the customer with a pharmacy management system that best suits the particular needs of their 
business operation. This objective is achieved by offering three pharmacy  management products: EnterpriseRx®, an industry-
leading, Software as a Service or SaaS-based management system that intelligently integrates all workflow and communication 
processes within the pharmacy environment; Pharmaserv®, a fully integrated, server-based pharmacy management system that 
gives  the  customer  complete  control  of  their  pharmacy  data;  and  PharmacyRx,  a  cost-effective,  SaaS-based  pharmacy 
management system that can be installed quickly and makes processing prescriptions fast and easy. These offerings allow large 
retail  chain,  hospital  outpatient  pharmacies  and  small  and  independent  pharmacies  to  meet  the  high  demand  for  prescriptions 
while maximizing profits and optimizing operations. We also own a 39% interest in Parata Systems, LLC ("Parata"), which sells 
automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional pharmacies.  

Technology Solutions 

Our Technology Solutions segment provides a comprehensive portfolio of software, automation, support and services to 
help  healthcare  organizations  improve  quality  and  patient  safety,  reduce  the  cost  and  variability  of  care  and  better  manage 
their  resources  and  revenue  stream.  This  segment  also  includes  our  InterQual®  clinical  criteria  solution,  claims  payment 
solutions  and  network  performance  tools.  Technology  Solutions  markets  its  products  and  services  to  integrated  delivery 
networks, hospitals, physician practices, home healthcare providers, retail pharmacies and payers.  

6 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

The product portfolio for the Technology Solutions segment is designed to address a wide array of healthcare clinical and 
business performance needs ranging from medication safety and information access to revenue cycle management, resource 
utilization and physician adoption of electronic health records (“EHR”). Analytics software enables organizations to measure 
progress  as  they  automate  care  processes  for  optimal  clinical  outcomes,  business  and  operating  results  and  regulatory 
compliance. To ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their information technology investment, we also 
offer a wide range of services to support the implementation and use of solutions as well as assist with business and clinical 
redesign, process re-engineering and staffing (both information technology and back-office). 

Technology Solutions consists of the following businesses: McKesson Health Solutions, Enterprise Medical Imaging and 
Ancillary  Solutions,  RelayHealth,  Revenue  Management  Solutions,  Enterprise  Information  Solutions,  Hospital  Automation 
and International Technology. 

McKesson Health Solutions:  This suite of services and software products is designed to manage the cost and quality of 

care for payers, providers, hospitals and government organizations. Solution sets include: 

InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support and utilization management; 

• 
•  Claims payment solutions to facilitate accurate and efficient medical claim payments; 
•  Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance; 
•  Network management tools to enable health plans to transform the performance of their networks;  
•  RelayHealth® financial solutions to facilitate communication between healthcare providers and patient aggregate data for 

claims management and trend analysis, and optimize revenue cycle management processes.  

Enterprise  Medical  Imaging  and  Ancillary  Solutions:    In  addition  to  document  imaging  to  facilitate  maintenance  and 
access  to  complete  medical  records,  we  offer  medical  imaging  and  information  management  systems  for  healthcare 
enterprises,  including  a  picture  archiving  communications  system,  a  radiology  information  system  and  a  comprehensive 
cardiovascular information system. Our enterprise-wide approach to medical imaging enables organizations to take advantage 
of  specialty-specific  workstations  while  building  an  integrated  image  repository  that  manages  all  of  the  images  and 
information  captured  throughout  the  care  continuum.  Workforce  management  solutions  assist  caregivers  with  staffing  and 
maintaining labor rule continuity between scheduling, time and attendance and payroll. We also offer a comprehensive supply 
chain  management  solution  that  integrates  enterprise  resource  planning  applications,  including  financials,  materials,  human 
resources/payroll, with scheduling, point of use, surgical and anesthesia services and enterprise-wide analytics. 

RelayHealth:    Through  our  vendor-neutral  RelayHealth®  and  its  intelligent  network,  the  Company  provides  health 
information  exchange  solutions  that  streamline  clinical  and  administrative  communication  between  patients,  providers, 
payers,  pharmacies,  manufacturers,  government  and  financial  institutions.  RelayHealth®  helps  to  accelerate  the  delivery  of 
high-quality  care  and  improve  financial  performance  through  online  consultation  of  physicians  by  patients,  electronic 
prescribing  by  physicians,  and  point-of-service  resolution  of  pharmacy  claims  by  payers.  We  provide  disease  management 
programs  to  improve  the  health  status  and  health  outcomes  of  patients  with  chronic  conditions,  nurse  advice  services  to 
provide  health  information  and  recommend  appropriate  levels  of  care,  and  clinical  and  analytical  software  to  support 
utilization,  case  and  disease  management  workflows  and  a  comprehensive  solution  for  homecare.  We  also  provide 
performance management solutions designed to enhance an organization's ability to plan and optimize quality care delivery. 
Enterprise  visibility  and  performance  analytics  provide  business  intelligence  that  enables  providers  to  manage  capacity, 
outcomes, productivity and patient flow.  

Revenue Management Solutions:  We help providers focus their resources on delivering healthcare while managing their 
revenue cycle operations and information technology through a comprehensive suite of  managed services. Services include 
full  and  partial  revenue  cycle  outsourcing,  remote  hosting  and  business  office  administration.  We  also  provide  a  complete 
solution for physician practices of all sizes, whether they are independent or employed, that includes software, revenue cycle 
outsourcing and connectivity services. Software solutions include practice management and EHR software for physicians of 
every size and specialty. Our physician practice offering includes outsourced billing, collection, data input, medical coding, 
billing, contract management, cash collections, accounts receivable management and extensive reporting of metrics related to 
the  physician  practice.  We  also  offer  a  full  suite  of  physician  and  hospital  consulting  services,  including  financial 
management, coding and compliance services, revenue cycle services and strategic services. 

7 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Enterprise  Information  Solutions:   We  provide  comprehensive  clinical  and  financial  information  systems  for  hospitals 
and  health  systems  of  all  sizes.  These  systems  are  designed  to  improve  the  safety  and  quality  of  patient  care  and  improve 
clinical,  financial  and  operational  performance.  Clinical  functionality  includes  a  data  repository,  care  planning,  physician 
order  entry  and  documentation,  nursing  documentation  with  bar-coded  medication  administration,  pharmacy,  surgical 
management, emergency department and ambulatory EHR systems, and a Web-based physician portal. Revenue management 
solutions are designed to improve financial performance by reducing days in accounts receivable, preventing insurance claim 
denials, reducing costs and improving productivity. Solutions include online patient billing, contract management, electronic 
claims  processing  and  coding  compliance  checking.  These  solutions  streamline  patient  access  and  help  organizations  to 
forecast  financial  responsibility  for  constituents  before  and  during  care,  allowing  providers  to  collect  their  reimbursements 
more quickly and at a lower cost. We also provide professional services to help customers achieve business results from their 
software  or  automation  investment.  A  wide  array  of  service  options  is  available,  including  consulting  for  business  and/or 
clinical process improvement and re-design as well as implementation, project management, technical and education services 
relating  to  all  products  in  the  Technology  Solutions  segment  as  well  as  providing  the  technical  infrastructure  designed  to 
maximize application accessibility, availability, security and performance.  

In April 2013, we committed to sell the following Technology Solutions businesses: 

  Hospital  Automation:    Automation  solutions  include  technologies  that  help  hospitals  re-engineer  and  improve  their 
medication  use  processes.  Examples  include  centralized  pharmacy  automation  for  dispensing  unit-dose  medications,  unit-
based  cabinet  technologies  for  secure  medication  storage  and  rapid  retrieval  and  an  anesthesia  cart  for  dispensing  of 
medications  in  the  operating  room.  Based  on  a  foundation  of  bar-code  scanning  technology,  these  integrated  solutions  are 
designed to reduce errors and bring new levels of safety to patients.  

International Technology: We provide comprehensive patient administration systems and clinical products to health and 
social  care  systems  of  all  sizes  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  other  European  countries.  Patient  administration  systems  are 
designed to improve financial performance, ensure continuity of business operations, enabling seamless reporting and billing 
and drive improvements in quality and continuity of care. We also provide workforce management solutions for the National 
Health  Service  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The  workforce  management  tools  provide  a  cost  effective,  efficient  method  for 
evidence based strategic workforce planning.  

Business Combinations and Discontinued Operations 

We have undertaken strategic initiatives in recent years designed to further focus on our core healthcare businesses and 
enhance our competitive position. We expect to continue to undertake such strategic initiatives in the future. These initiatives 
are detailed in Financial Notes 2, 8 and 27, “Business Combinations,” “Discontinued Operation” and "Subsequent Event," to 
the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Competition 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, both in 
price and service, from national, regional and local full-line, short-line and specialty wholesalers, service merchandisers, self-
warehousing  chains,  manufacturers  engaged  in  direct  distribution,  third-party  logistics  companies  and  large  payer 
organizations. In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and 
other healthcare manufacturers as well as other potential customers of the segment, which may from time-to-time decide to 
develop,  for  their  own  internal  needs,  supply  management  capabilities  that  would  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  segment. 
Price, quality of service, innovation and, in some cases, convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive 
elements in this segment. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other  software 
services  firms,  consulting  firms,  shared  service  vendors,  certain  hospitals  and  hospital  groups,  payers,  care  management 
organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the  healthcare  industry. 
Competition varies in size from small to large companies, in geographical coverage and in scope and breadth of products and 
services offered. 

8 

 
 
 
Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson and its subsidiaries hold patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets related to McKesson products and 
services.  We  pursue  patent  protection  for  our  innovation,  and  obtain  copyrights  covering  our  original  works  of  authorship, 
when such protection is advantageous. Through these efforts, we have developed a portfolio of patents and copyrights in the 
U.S. and worldwide. In addition, we have registered or applied to register certain trademarks and service marks in the U.S. 
and  in  foreign  countries.  Our  employees  are  required  to  execute  agreements  that  prohibit  the  disclosure  of  confidential 
information and establish an obligation to assign to McKesson intellectual property that they create during their employment. 

We  believe  that,  in  the  aggregate,  McKesson's  confidential  information,  patents,  copyrights,  and  trademarks  are 
important to its operations and market position, but we do not consider any of our businesses to be dependent upon any one 
patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret, or any family or families of the same. We cannot guarantee that our intellectual 
property portfolio will be sufficient to deter misappropriation, theft, or misuse of our technology, nor that we can successfully 
enjoin  infringers.  We  periodically  receive  notices  alleging  that  our  products  or  services  infringe  on  third  party  patents  and 
other  intellectual  property  rights.  These  claims  may  result  in  McKesson  entering  settlement  agreements,  paying  damages, 
discontinuing use or  sale of accused products, or ceasing other activities. While the outcome of any litigation or dispute is 
inherently uncertain, we do not believe that the resolution of any of these infringement notices would have a material adverse 
impact on our results of operation.  

We  hold  inbound  licenses  for  certain  intellectual  property  that  is  used  internally,  and  in  some  cases,  utilized  in 
McKesson's products or services. While it may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects 
of  our  products  and  services,  we  believe,  based  upon  past  experience  and  industry  practice,  such  licenses  generally  can  be 
obtained  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  We  believe  our  operations  and  products  and  services  are  not  materially 
dependent on any single license or other agreement with any third party. 

Other Information about the Business 

Customers:  During 2013, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated 
revenues. Sales to our largest customer, CVS Caremark Corporation ("CVS"), accounted for approximately 17% of our total 
consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2013, trade accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 44% 
of total trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ("Walmart") were approximately 
16% and 10% of total trade accounts receivable. We also have agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), 
each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals, pharmacies and other healthcare providers. The 
accounts  receivables  balances  are  with  individual  members  of  the  GPOs.  Substantially  all  of  these  revenues  and  accounts 
receivable are included in our Distribution Solutions segment. 

Suppliers:  We  obtain  pharmaceutical  and  other  products  from  manufacturers,  none  of  which  accounted  for  more  than 
approximately 6% of our purchases in 2013. The loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if alternate sources of 
supply are unavailable. We believe that our relationships with our suppliers, on the whole, are good. The ten largest suppliers 
in 2013 accounted for approximately 43% of our purchases. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  distribution  arrangements  with  the  manufacturers  provides  us  compensation  based  on  a 
percentage of our purchases. In addition, we have certain distribution arrangements with pharmaceutical manufacturers that 
include an inflation-based compensation component whereby we benefit when the manufacturers increase their prices as we 
sell our existing inventory at the new higher prices. For these manufacturers, a reduction in the frequency and magnitude of 
price increases, as well as restrictions in the amount of inventory available to us, could have a material adverse impact on our 
gross profit margin. 

Research and Development:  Our development expenditures primarily consist of our investment in software held for sale. 
We  spent  $529  million,  $487  million  and  $471 million  for  development  activities  in  2013,  2012  and  2011  and  of  these 
amounts, we capitalized 9%, 10% and 14%. Development expenditures are primarily incurred by our Technology Solutions 
segment.  Our  Technology  Solutions  segment's  product  development  efforts  apply  computer  technology  and  installation 
methodologies to specific information processing needs of hospitals and other customers. We believe that a substantial and 
sustained  commitment  to  such  expenditures  is  important  to  the  long-term  success  of  this  business.  Additional  information 
regarding our development activities is included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated 
financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

9 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Environmental Regulation: Our operations are subject to regulations under various federal, state, local and foreign laws 
concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and 
disposal  of  hazardous  substances  and  wastes  and  the  cleanup  of  contaminated  sites.  We  could  incur  substantial  costs, 
including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if in the future 
we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. 

We  are  committed  to  maintaining  compliance  with  all  environmental  laws  applicable  to  our  operations,  products  and 
services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. We meet this commitment through an 
environmental strategy and sustainability program. 

We sold our chemical distribution operations in 1987 and retained responsibility for certain environmental obligations. 
Agreements  with  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  and  certain  states  may  require  environmental  assessments  and 
cleanups  at  several  closed  sites.  These  matters  are  described  further  in  Financial  Note  22,  “Other  Commitments  and 
Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The  liability  for  environmental  remediation  and  other  environmental  costs  is  accrued  when  the  Company  considers  it 
probable  and  can  reasonably  estimate  the  costs.  Environmental  costs  and  accruals,  including  that  related  to  our  legacy 
chemical  distribution  operations,  are  presently  not  material  to  our  operations  or  financial  position.  Although  there  is  no 
assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse 
impact on our operations or financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental 
matters.  Other  than  the  expected  expenditures  that  may  be  required  in  connection  with  our  legacy  chemical  distribution 
operations, we  do not anticipate  making  substantial capital expenditures either for environmental issues,  or to comply with 
environmental laws and regulations in the future. The amount of our capital expenditures for environmental compliance was 
not material in 2013 and is not expected to be material in the next year. 

Employees:    On  March 31,  2013,  we  employed  approximately  43,500  persons  compared  to  37,700  and  36,400  on 

March 31, 2012 and 2011. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations:  Information as to foreign and domestic operations is 
included  in  Financial  Notes  1  and  25,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies”  and  “Segments  of  Business,”  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report and the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report, contains 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and section 21E of 
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Some  of  these  statements  can  be  identified  by  use  of  forward-looking 
words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans” or 
“estimates,”  or  the  negative  of  these  words,  or  other  comparable  terminology.  The  discussion  of  financial  trends,  strategy, 
plans or intentions may also include forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties 
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated, or implied. Although it is not possible to 
predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed in Item 1A of 
Part I of this report under “Risk Factors.” The reader should not consider the list to be a complete statement of all potential 
risks and uncertainties. 

These and other risks and uncertainties are described herein and in other information contained in our publicly available 
SEC filings and press releases. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which 
speak  only  as  of  the  date  such  statements  were  first  made.  Except  to  the  extent  required  by  federal  securities  laws,  we 
undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or 
circumstances after the date hereof, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors.  

The risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity 
and cash flows. Although it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not 
limited  to,  the  factors  discussed  below.  Our  business  operations  could  also  be  affected  by  additional  factors  that  are  not 
presently known to us or that we currently consider not to be material to our operations. The reader should not consider this 
list to be a complete statement of all risks and uncertainties. 

10 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

We are subject to legal proceedings that could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations. 

From time-to-time and in the ordinary course of our business, we and certain of our subsidiaries may become involved in 
various legal proceedings involving antitrust, commercial, employment, environmental, intellectual property, regulatory, tort 
and  other  various  claims.  All  such  legal  proceedings  are  inherently  unpredictable,  and  the  outcome  can  result  in  excessive 
verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we may enter into settlements of claims for 
monetary  damages.  In  some  cases,  substantial  non-economic  remedies  or  punitive  damages  may  be  sought.  For  some 
complaints  filed  against  the  Company,  we  are  currently  unable  to  estimate  the  amount  of  possible  losses  that  might  be 
incurred should these legal proceedings be resolved against the Company. 

The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain and outcomes that are not justified by the evidence 
or  existing  law  can  occur.  The  Company  believes  that  it  has  valid  defenses  to  the  legal  matters  pending  against  it  and  is 
defending  itself  vigorously.  Nevertheless,  it  is  possible  that  resolution  of  one  or  any  combination  of  more  than  one  legal 
matter  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.  For  example,  we  are 
involved in a number of legal proceedings described in Financial Note 22, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” 
to the accompanying consolidated financial statements that could have such an impact, including legal proceedings alleging 
that we engaged in illegal conduct that caused average wholesale prices to rise for certain prescription drugs during specified 
periods. 

Litigation  is  costly,  time-consuming  and  disruptive  to  normal  business  operations.  The  defense  of  these  matters  could 
also result in continued diversion of our management's time and attention away from business operations, which could also 
harm our business. Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense associated with unresolved 
legal  proceedings  could  harm  our  business  and  reputation.  For  additional  information  regarding  certain  of  the  legal 
proceedings  in  which  we  are  involved,  see  Financial  Note  22,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Changes in the United States healthcare industry and regulatory environment could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations. 

Our  products  and  services  are  primarily  intended  to  function  within  the  structure  of  the  healthcare  financing  and 
reimbursement system currently being used in the United States. In recent years, the healthcare industry in the United States 
has  changed  significantly  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs.  These  changes  have  included  cuts  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
reimbursement levels, consolidation of pharmaceutical and medical-surgical supply distributors and the development of large, 
sophisticated  purchasing  groups.  We  expect  the  healthcare  industry  in  the  United  States  to  continue  to  change  and  for 
healthcare delivery models to evolve in the future.  

Changes  in  the  healthcare  industry's  or  our  pharmaceutical  suppliers'  pricing,  selling,  inventory,  distribution  or  supply 
policies or practices could significantly reduce our revenues and net income. Due to the diverse range of healthcare supply 
management and healthcare information technology products and services that we offer, such changes could have a material 
adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations,  while  not  affecting  some  of  our  competitors  who  offer  a  narrower  range  of 
products and services. 

The  majority of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business' agreements  with  manufacturers are structured to ensure 
that  we  are  appropriately  and  predictably  compensated  for  the  services  we  provide;  however,  failure  to  successfully  renew 
these  contracts  in  a  timely  and  favorable  manner  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  In 
addition,  branded  pharmaceutical  price  inflation  can  be  the  partial  economic  basis  of  some  of  our  distribution  business 
agreements  with  pharmaceutical  manufacturers.  If  the  frequency  or  rate  of  branded  price  increases  slows,  it  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

In addition, we distribute generic pharmaceuticals, which can be subject to both price deflation and price inflation. In 
recent years, our financial results have improved from our generic drug offerings combined with an increase in the number of 
generic drug formularies available in the marketplace. However, in fiscal year 2014 we anticipate the number of branded to 
generics  conversions  to  decrease  as  compared  to  recent  years.  Continued  volatility  in  the  availability,  pricing  trends  or 
reimbursement of these generic drugs, or significant fluctuations in the rate of increase in the number of generic drugs, could 
have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

11 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Generic  drug  manufacturers  are  increasingly  challenging  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  patents  on  branded 
pharmaceutical products. During the pendency of these legal challenges, a generics manufacturer may begin manufacturing 
and  selling  a  generic  version  of  the  branded  product  prior  to  the  final  resolution  to  its  legal  challenge  over  the  branded 
product's  patent.  To  the  extent  we  source,  contract  manufacture,  and  distribute  such  generic  products,  the  brand-name 
company  could  assert  infringement  claims  against  us.  While  we  generally  obtain  indemnification  against  such  claims  from 
generic  manufacturers  as  a  condition  of  distributing  their  products,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  these  rights  will  be 
adequate or sufficient to protect us. 

In recent years, pharmaceutical suppliers have been subject to increasing consolidation. As a result, a small number of 
very large companies control a significant share of the market. Accordingly, we depend on fewer suppliers for our products 
and therefore we may be less able to negotiate price terms with suppliers.  

Many healthcare organizations have also consolidated to create larger healthcare enterprises with greater market power. 
If this consolidation trend continues, it could reduce the size of our target market and give the resulting enterprises greater 
bargaining  power,  which  may  lead  to  erosion  of  the  prices  for  our  products  and  services.  In  addition,  when  healthcare 
organizations combine they often consolidate infrastructure including IT  systems, which in  turn  may erode the diversity of 
our customer and revenue base. 

The  healthcare  industry  is  highly  regulated,  and  further  regulation  of  our  distribution  businesses  and  computer-related 
products  and  services  could  impose  increased  costs,  negatively  impact  our  profit  margins,  and  the  profit  margins  of  our 
customers, delay the introduction or implementation of our  new products,  or otherwise  negatively impact our business and 
expose the Company to litigation and regulatory investigations.  

Healthcare  Fraud:    We  are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently  changing  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and  regulations 
relating to healthcare fraud, waste and abuse, and the government, both state and federal, continues to strengthen its position 
and scrutiny over practices involving fraud, waste and abuse affecting Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare 
programs.  Our  relationships  with  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  product  manufacturers  and  healthcare  providers,  as 
well as our provision of products and services to government entities, subject our business to laws and regulations on fraud 
and abuse, which among other things: (1) prohibit persons from soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration in 
order to induce the referral of a patient for treatment or for inducing the ordering or purchasing of items or services that are in 
any  way  paid  for  by  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  government-sponsored  healthcare  programs;  (2)  impose  a  number  of 
restrictions  upon  referring  physicians  and  providers  of  designated  health  services  under  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs; 
and  (3)  prohibit  the  knowing  submission  of  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  for  payment  to,  and  knowing  retention  of  an 
overpayment  by,  a  federal  health  care  program  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  Many  of  the  regulations  applicable  to  us, 
including  those  relating  to  marketing  incentives,  are  vague  or  indefinite  and  have  not  been  interpreted  by  the  courts.  They 
may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory, or judicial authority in a manner that could require us to make 
changes in our operations. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could become liable for damages, 
suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or our ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other 
federal and state healthcare programs. 

Reimbursements:  Both our profit margins and the profit margins of our customers may be adversely affected by laws 
and regulations reducing reimbursement rates for pharmaceuticals, medical treatments and related services, or changing the 
methodology  by  which  reimbursement  levels  are  determined.  For  example,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act 
and  the  Health  Care  and  Education  Reconciliation  Act  (collectively  the  “Affordable  Care  Act”),  signed  into  law  in  2010, 
revised the federal upper limits for Medicaid reimbursement for multiple source generic drugs available for purchase by retail 
community pharmacies on a nationwide basis to a limit of not less than 175% of the weighted average (determined on the 
basis of utilization) of the most recently reported monthly average manufacturer price (“AMP”) using a smoothing process. In 
addition, Medicare, Medicaid and the State Children's Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) Extension Act of 2007 requires 
the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to adjust the calculation of the Medicare Part B drug average sales 
price  to  an  actual  sales  volume  basis.  CMS  has  proposed  new  rules  for  calculating  AMP  (“Revised  AMP”)  and  is  also 
offering states the option to replace traditional reimbursement metrics for certain drugs with alternatives such as the average 
acquisition cost (“AAC”) method. Under AAC, reimbursement is based on the actual acquisition costs from invoiced amounts 
and from a statistically validated cost of dispensing survey.  

In addition, CMS has begun conducting a national survey of pharmacies to create a national average drug acquisition 
cost benchmark (“NADAC”). States may use the results of this survey to set pharmacy payment rates. CMS released the first 
draft of the pricing data determined through the NADAC survey as well as an alternate reimbursement methodology called 
National  Average  Retail  Price  (“NARP”).  NARP  represents  the  average  consumer  purchase  price  of  the  most  commonly 
dispensed  brand  and  generic  drugs.  States  will  have  the  option  of  using  any  of  these  metrics  to  determine  appropriate 
Medicaid reimbursement to pharmacies for generic or brand drugs. 

12 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

We expect that the use of a Revised AMP benchmark or the use of an alternative reimbursement metric, such as AAC or 
NARP, would result in a reduction in the Medicaid reimbursement rates to our customers for certain pharmaceuticals, which 
could indirectly impact the prices that we can charge our customers and cause corresponding declines in our profitability.  

The federal government may adopt measures that could further reduce Medicare and/or Medicaid spending, or impose 
additional  requirements  on  healthcare  entities.  For  instance,  on  August  2,  2011,  the  President  signed  into  law  the  Budget 
Control  Act  of  2011,  which  provided  for  an  automatic  2%  reduction  of  Medicare  program  payments  for  all  healthcare 
providers  in  January  2013.  On  January  2,  2013,  the  President  signed  into  law  the  American  Taxpayer  Relief  Act  of  2012, 
which delayed this reduction until March 2013, at which time the President issued an executive order implementing it. This 
automatic  reduction  is  known  as  “sequestration.”  Additionally,  concerns  held  by  federal  policymakers  about  the  federal 
deficit  and  national  debt  levels  could  result  in  enactment  of  further  federal  spending  reductions,  further  entitlement  reform 
legislation  affecting  the  Medicare  program,  or  both.  We  cannot  predict  what  alternative  or  additional  deficit  reduction 
initiatives  or  Medicare  payment  reductions,  if  any,  will  ultimately  be  enacted  into  law,  or  the  timing  or  effect  any  such 
initiatives or reductions will have on us.  

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  preceding  changes  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 

operations. 

Operating,  Security  and  Licensure  Standards:    We  are  subject  to  the  operating  and  security  standards  of  the  Drug 
Enforcement  Administration  (the  “DEA”),  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (“FDA”),  various  state  boards  of 
pharmacy,  state  health  departments,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”),  the  CMS  and  other 
comparable agencies. Certain of our businesses may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with 
operating and security standards of the DEA, FDA, HHS, CMS, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments 
and/or  comparable  state  agencies  as  well  as  foreign  agencies  and  certain  accrediting  bodies,  depending  upon  the  type  of 
operations and location of product development, manufacture, distribution, and sale. As part of these operating, security and 
licensure standards, we regularly receive requests for information and occasionally subpoenas from government authorities. 
Although we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no 
assurance  that  a  regulatory  agency  or  tribunal  would  not  reach  a  different  conclusion  concerning  the  compliance  of  our 
operations  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  In  addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  or 
renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory approvals or obtain without significant delay future permits, licenses 
or other approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us with applicable laws and regulations 
or the failure to maintain, renew or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have a material adverse impact on our results 
of operations. 

Pedigree Tracking: There have been increasing efforts by Congress and state and federal agencies, including state boards 
of pharmacy and departments of health and the FDA, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system in order to prevent 
the  introduction  of  counterfeit,  adulterated  and/or  mislabeled  drugs  into  the  pharmaceutical  distribution  system  (“pedigree 
tracking”). Certain states have adopted or are considering laws and regulations that are intended to protect the integrity of the 
pharmaceutical  distribution  system,  while  other  government  agencies  are  currently  evaluating  their  recommendations.  For 
example,  Florida  has  adopted  pedigree  tracking  requirements  and  California  has  enacted  a  law  requiring  chain  of  custody 
technology using radio frequency tagging and electronic pedigrees, which will be effective for us in July 2016.  

In addition, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007, which went into effect on October 1, 2007, 
requires  the  FDA  to  establish  standards  and  identify  and  validate  effective  technologies  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the 
pharmaceutical  supply  chain  against  counterfeit  drugs.  These  standards  may  include  any  track-and-trace  or  authentication 
technologies,  such  as  radio  frequency  identification  devices  and  other  similar  technologies.  On  March  26,  2010,  the  FDA 
released the Serialized Numerical Identifier (“SNI”) guidance for manufacturers who serialize pharmaceutical packaging. We 
expect to be able to accommodate these SNI regulations in our distribution operations. Nonetheless, these pedigree tracking 
laws and regulations could increase the overall regulatory burden and costs associated with our pharmaceutical distribution 
business, and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

13 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Privacy:    State,  federal  and  foreign  laws  regulate  the  confidentiality  of  sensitive  personal  information,  how  that 
information may be used, and the circumstances under which such information may be released. These regulations govern the 
disclosure and use of confidential personal and patient medical record information and require the users of such information 
to  implement  specified  privacy  and  security  measures.  Regulations  currently  in  place,  including  regulations  governing 
electronic health data transmissions, continue to evolve and are often unclear and difficult to apply. Although we modified 
our policies, procedures and systems to comply with the current requirements of applicable state, federal and foreign laws, 
including  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  and  the  Health  Information 
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act portion of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 
2009, new laws and regulations in this area could restrict the ability of our customers to obtain, use or disseminate personal or 
patient information, or it could require us to incur significant additional costs to re-design our products in a timely manner, 
either  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the  HITECH  Act  expanded 
HIPAA privacy and security requirements and increased financial penalties for violations. It also extended certain provisions 
of the federal privacy and security standards to us in our capacity as a business associate of our payer and provider customers. 
These standards may be interpreted by a regulatory authority in a manner that could require us to make a material change to 
our  operations.  Furthermore,  our  failure  to  maintain  confidentiality  of  sensitive  personal  information  in  accordance  with 
applicable regulatory requirements could expose us to breach of contract claims, fines and penalties, costs for remediation and 
harm to our reputation. 

Health  Care  Reform:    The  Affordable  Care  Act  significantly  expanded  health  insurance  coverage  to  uninsured 
Americans and changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private payers. While certain provisions of 
the Affordable Care Act took effect immediately, others have delayed effective dates. We do not currently anticipate that the 
Affordable  Care  Act  or  any  resulting  federal  and  state  healthcare  reforms  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. However, given the scope of the changes made and under consideration, as well 
as the uncertainties associated with implementation of healthcare reforms, we cannot predict their full effect on the Company 
at this time. 

Interoperability Standards:  There is increasing demand among customers, industry groups and government authorities 
that  healthcare  software  and  systems  provided  by  various  vendors  be  compatible  with  each  other.  This  need  for 
interoperability is leading to the development of standards by various groups, and certain federal and state agencies are also 
developing standards that could become mandatory for systems purchased by these agencies. For example, the HITECH Act 
requires meaningful use of “certified” healthcare information technology products by healthcare providers in order to receive 
stimulus  funds  from  the  federal  government,  and  CMS  has  issued  rules  defining  meaningful  use  criteria.  These  rules  are 
subject to interpretation by the entities designed to certify such technology and also may be changed or supplemented by the 
federal  government  in  the  future.  A  combination  of  our  solutions  has  been  certified  as  meeting  the  initial  meaningful  use 
criteria, and we plan to seek certification for meeting additional meaningful use criteria. However, we may incur increased 
development costs and delays in upgrading our customer software and systems to be in compliance with these varying and 
evolving  rules.  In  addition,  these  new  rules  may  lengthen  our  sales  and  implementation  cycle  and  we  may  incur  costs  in 
periods  prior  to  the  corresponding  recognition  of  revenue.  To  the  extent  these  rules  are  narrowly  construed,  subsequently 
changed or supplemented, or that we are delayed in achieving certification under these evolving rules for applicable products, 
our customers may postpone or cancel their decisions to purchase or implement our software and systems. 

FDA  Regulation  of  Medical  Software:  The  FDA  has  increasingly  focused  on  the  regulation  of  medical  software, 
computer products and computer-assisted products as medical devices under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. For 
example, effective April 18, 2011, the FDA issued a new rule regulating certain computer data systems as medical devices. If 
the FDA chooses to regulate any of our products as medical devices, it can impose extensive requirements upon us. If we fail 
to  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements,  the  FDA  could  respond  by  imposing  fines,  injunctions  or  civil  penalties, 
requiring  recalls  or  product  corrections,  suspending  production,  refusing  to  grant  pre-market  clearance  of  products, 
withdrawing  clearances  and  initiating  criminal  prosecution.  Any  additional  FDA  regulations  governing  computer  products, 
once  issued,  may  increase  the  cost  and  time  to  market  new  or  existing  products  or  may  prevent  us  from  marketing  our 
products. 

14 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Standards  for  Submission  of  Health  Care  Claims:  HHS  previously  adopted  two  rules  that  impact  healthcare  claims 
submitted  for  reimbursement.  The  first  rule  modifies  the  standards  for  electronic  health  care  transactions  (e.g.,  eligibility, 
claims  submission  and  payment  and  electronic  remittance)  from  Version  4010/4010A  to  Version  5010.  The  enforcement 
deadline for the 5010 rule was extended through June 30, 2012 and many healthcare providers have now begun implementing 
the 5010 rule. The second rule updated and expanded the standard medical code sets for diagnosis and procedure coding from 
International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (“ICD-9”) to International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision 
(“ICD-10”).  HHS  has  postponed  the  compliance  date  for  ICD-10  conversion,  previously  October  1,  2013,  until  October  1, 
2014. Updating systems to Version 5010 is required for use of the ICD-10 code set. Generally, claims submitted not using 
Version  5010  and  ICD-10  when  required  will  not  be  processed,  and  health  plans  not  accepting  transactions  using  Version 
5010 and ICD-10 may experience significant increases in customer service inquiries. We may incur increased development 
costs and delays in delivering solutions and upgrading our software and systems to be in compliance with these new rules. In 
addition,  these  rules  may  lengthen  our  sales  and  implementation  cycle  and  we  may  incur  costs  in  periods  prior  to  the 
corresponding recognition of revenue. Delays in providing software and systems that are in compliance  with the new rules 
may result in postponement or cancellation of our customers' decisions to purchase our software and systems. 

Medical  Billing  and  Coding:    Medical  billing,  coding  and  collection  activities  are  governed  by  numerous  federal  and 
state civil and criminal laws. In connection with these laws, we may be subjected to federal or state government investigations 
and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims actions may have to be defended, private payers may file claims 
against  us  and  we  may  be  excluded  from  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  government-funded  healthcare  programs.  Any  such 
proceeding or investigation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Changes in the Canadian healthcare industry and regulatory environment could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.  

The  provincial  governments  in  Canada  provide  partial  funding  for  the  purchase  of  pharmaceuticals  and  independently 
regulate the sale and reimbursement of drugs. Similar to the United States, the Canadian healthcare industry has undergone 
significant  changes  in  recent  years  in  an  effort  to  reduce  program  costs.  For  example,  in  2006  the  Ontario  government 
significantly  revised  the  drug  reimbursement  system  with  the  passage  of  the  Transparent  Drug  System  for  Patients  Act.  In 
recent years, to reduce the cost for taxpayers, various provinces took further steps to reform the rules regarding the sale of 
generic drugs. These changes include the significant lowering of prices for generic pharmaceuticals and, in some provinces, 
the  elimination  or  reduction  of  professional  allowances  paid  to  pharmacists  by  generic  manufacturers.  These  reforms  may 
adversely affect the distribution of drugs as well as the pricing for prescription drugs for the Company's operations in Canada. 
Other  provinces  are  considering  similar  changes,  which  would  also  lower  pharmaceutical  pricing  and  service  fees. 
Individually or in combination, such changes in the Canadian healthcare environment may significantly reduce our Canadian 
revenue and operating profit.  

Competition may erode our profit. 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, both in 
price and service, from national, regional and local full-line, short-line and specialty wholesalers, service merchandisers, self-
warehousing  chains,  manufacturers  engaged  in  direct  distribution,  third-party  logistics  companies  and  large  payer 
organizations. In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and 
other healthcare manufacturers as well as other potential customers of the segment, which may from time-to-time decide to 
develop,  for  their  own  internal  needs,  supply  management  capabilities  that  would  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  segment. 
Price, quality of service, and in some cases, convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in 
this segment. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other  software 
services  firms,  consulting  firms,  shared  service  vendors,  certain  hospitals  and  hospital  groups,  payers,  care  management 
organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the  healthcare  industry. 
Competition varies in size from small to large companies, in geographical coverage and in scope and breadth of products and 
services offered. These competitive pressures could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

15 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

A material reduction in purchases or the loss of a large customer or group purchasing organization, as well as substantial 
defaults in payment by a large customer or group purchasing organization, could have a material adverse impact on our 
financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers. During 
2013,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  51%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.  Sales  to  our 
largest  customer,  CVS,  accounted  for  approximately  17%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.  At  March 31,  2013,  trade 
accounts  receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  were  approximately  44%  of  total  trade  accounts  receivable.  Accounts 
receivable from CVS and Walmart were approximately 16% and 10% of total trade accounts receivable. As a result, our sales 
and  credit  concentration  is  significant.  We  also  have  agreements  with  group  purchasing  organizations  (“GPOs”),  each  of 
which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals, pharmacies and other healthcare providers, as well as 
with government entities and agencies. A material default in payment, change in our customer mix, reduction in purchases, or 
the loss of a large customer or GPO could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and 
liquidity. 

We  generally  sell  our  products  and  services  to  customers  on  credit  that  is  short-term  in  nature  and  unsecured.  Any 
adverse change in general economic conditions can adversely reduce sales to our customers, affect consumer buying practices 
or cause our customers to delay or be unable to pay accounts receivable owed to us, which may in turn materially reduce our 
revenue growth and cause a material decrease in our profitability and cash flow. Further, interest rate fluctuations and changes 
in capital market conditions may also affect our customers' ability to obtain credit to finance their business under acceptable 
terms, which in turn may materially reduce our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability. 

Contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  governments  and  their  agencies  pose  additional  risks  relating  to 
future funding and compliance.  

Contracts with the U.S. federal government and other governments and their agencies are subject to various uncertainties, 
restrictions  and  regulations,  including  oversight  audits  by  various  government  authorities  and  profit  and  cost  controls. 
Government contracts also are exposed to uncertainties associated with funding. Contracts with the U.S. federal government, 
for  example,  are  subject  to  the  uncertainties  of  Congressional  funding.  Governments  are  typically  under  no  obligation  to 
maintain  funding  at  any  specific  level,  and  funds  for  government  programs  may  even  be  eliminated.  As  a  result,  our 
government clients may terminate our contracts for convenience or decide not to renew our contracts with little or no prior 
notice. The loss of such contracts could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

In addition, because government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations and a variety of other socio-
economic  requirements,  we  must  comply  with  such  requirements.  For  example,  for  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal 
government, with certain exceptions, we must comply with the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the Truth in Negotiations Act, 
and  the  Cost  Accounting  Standards.  We  must  also  comply  with  various  other  government  regulations  and  requirements  as 
well  as  various  statutes  related  to  employment  practices,  environmental  protection,  recordkeeping  and  accounting.  These 
regulations and requirements affect how we transact business with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs 
on  our  business  operations.  Government  contracts  also  contain  terms  that  expose  us  to  higher  levels  of  risk  and  potential 
liability than non-government contracts.  

We also are subject to government audits, investigations, and proceedings. For example, government agencies routinely 
review and audit government contractors to determine whether allowable costs are in accordance with applicable government 
regulations. These audits can result in adjustments to the amount of contract costs we believe are reimbursable by the agencies 
and the amount of our overhead costs allocated to the agencies. 

If we violate these rules or regulations, fail to comply with a contractual or other requirement or do not satisfy an audit, a 
variety  of  penalties  can  be  imposed  by  the  government  including  disallowance  of  costs  claimed,  monetary  damages  and 
criminal and civil penalties. In addition, any or all of our government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended or 
debarred  from  all  government  contract  work.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  these  actions  could  harm  our  reputation  and  could 
have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

16 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our future results could be materially affected by a number of public health issues whether occurring in the United States 
or abroad. 

Public  health  issues,  whether  occurring  in  the  United  States  or  abroad,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  disrupt  the 
operations  of  suppliers  or  customers,  or  have  a  broader  adverse  impact  on  consumer  spending  and  confidence  levels  that 
would  negatively  affect  our  suppliers  and  customers.  We  have  developed  contingency  plans  to  address  infectious  disease 
scenarios and the potential impact on our operations, and we will continue to update these plans as necessary. However, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  these  plans  will  be  effective  in  eliminating  the  negative  impact  of  any  such  diseases  on  the 
Company's operating results. We may be required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a 
material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are dependent upon sophisticated information systems. The malfunction, failure or breach of these systems to perform 
as designed could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Our  business  relies  on  the  secure  electronic  transmission,  storage,  and  hosting  of  sensitive  information,  including 
protected  health  information,  financial  information  and  other  sensitive  information  relating  to  our  customers,  company  and 
workforce. We also rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and manage 
data  to:  (1) facilitate  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  thousands  of  inventory  items  from  numerous  distribution  centers; 
(2) receive, process and ship orders and handle other product and services on a timely basis; (3) manage the accurate billing 
and collections for thousands of customers; and (4) process payments to suppliers. If these systems are interrupted, damaged 
or breached by an unforeseen  event or actions of a third party, including a  cyber attack, or fail for any extended period of 
time, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Cyber  attacks  can  result  from  deliberate  attacks  or  unintentional  incidents  involving  unauthorized  access  to  computer 
systems  or  data  that  could  result  in  the  misappropriation  or  loss  of  assets  or  the  disclosure  of  sensitive  information,  the 
corruption of data, or other disruption of business operations. Similarly, denial-of-service or other Internet-based attacks may 
range  from  mere  vandalism  of  electronic  systems  to  systematic  theft  of  sensitive  information  and  intellectual  property. 
Although  we  actively  devote  significant  resources  to  protect  and  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  all  information  in  our 
possession,  preventing  all  cyber  incidents  is  inherently  difficult.  Therefore,  any  compromise  of  our  electronic  systems, 
including  the  unauthorized  access,  use  or  disclosure  of  sensitive  information  or  a  significant  disruption  of  our  computing 
assets  and  networks,  would  adversely  affect  our  reputation,  our  ability  to  fulfill  contractual  obligations  and  could  have  a 
material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  Moreover,  unauthorized  access,  use,  or  disclosure  of  such  sensitive 
information could result in a civil, criminal or regulatory action, including potential fines and penalties. Any real or perceived 
compromise  of  our  security  or  disclosure  of  sensitive  information  may  also  result  in  lost  revenues  by  deterring  customers 
from using or purchasing our products and services in the future. 

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance. 

In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Distribution Solutions segment's customers, we maintain 
significant product inventory at certain of our distribution centers. While we seek to maintain property insurance coverage in 
amounts sufficient for our business, there can be no assurance that our property insurance will be adequate or available on 
acceptable  terms.  One  or  more  large  casualty  losses  caused  by  fire,  earthquake  or  other  natural  disaster  in  excess  of  our 
coverage limits could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Our  business  exposes  us  to  risks  that  are  inherent  in  the  distribution,  manufacturing,  dispensing  and  administration  of 
pharmaceuticals and medical-surgical supplies, the provision of ancillary services, the conduct of our payer businesses (which 
include care management programs and our nurse advice services) and the provision of products that assist clinical decision-
making and relate to patient medical histories and treatment plans. If customers or individuals assert liability claims against 
our  products  and/or  services,  any  ensuing  litigation,  regardless  of  outcome,  could  result  in  a  substantial  cost  to  us,  divert 
management's attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of our products. We attempt to limit our liability to 
customers  by  contract;  however,  the  limitations  of  liability  set  forth  in  the  contracts  may  not  be  enforceable  or  may  not 
otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by 
contract, such as a claim directly by a patient. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not 
continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims 
against  us  and  may  include  larger  self-insured  retentions  or  exclusions  for  certain  products.  In  addition,  the  insurer  might 
disclaim  coverage  as  to  any  future  claim.  A  successful  product  or  professional  liability  claim  not  fully  covered  by  our 
insurance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

17 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

The failure of our healthcare technology businesses to attract and retain customers due to challenges in software product 
integration or to keep pace with technological advances may significantly reduce our results of operations. 

Our  healthcare  technology  businesses,  the  bulk  of  which  resides  in  our  Technology  Solutions  segment,  deliver 
enterprise-wide and single entity clinical, patient care, financial, supply chain, strategic management software solutions and 
pharmacy automation to hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail and mail order pharmacies and payers. Challenges 
integrating  software  products  could  impair  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  customers,  and  it  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our consolidated results of operations and a disproportionate impact on the results of operations of our Technology 
Solutions segment. 

Future advances in the healthcare information systems industry could lead to new technologies, products or services that 
are  competitive  with  the  technology  products  and  services  offered  by  our  various  businesses.  Such  technological  advances 
could  also  lower  the  cost  of  such  products  and  services  or  otherwise  result  in  competitive  pricing  pressure  or  render  our 
products obsolete.  

The  success  of  our  technology  businesses  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  be  responsive  to  technological 
developments, pricing pressures and changing business models. To remain competitive in the evolving healthcare information 
systems  marketplace,  our  technology  businesses  must  also  develop  new  products  on  a  timely  basis.  The  failure  to  develop 
competitive products and to introduce new products on a timely basis could curtail the ability of our technology businesses to 
attract and retain customers, and thereby it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

Proprietary protections may not be adequate and products may be found to infringe the rights of third parties.  

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  nondisclosure  and  other  contractual 
provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights in our products and solutions. There can be no assurance 
that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop products or solutions that are 
equivalent  or  superior  to  ours.  In  addition,  despite  protective  measures,  we  may  be  subject  to  unauthorized  use  of  our 
technology due to copying, reverse-engineering or other infringement. Although we believe that our products, solutions and 
services  do  not  infringe  the  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties,  from  time-to-time  third  parties  have  asserted  infringement 
claims against us and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future. If 
we were found to be infringing others' rights, we may be required to pay substantial damage awards and forced to develop 
non-infringing  products  or  technology,  obtain  a  license  or  cease  selling  or  using  the  products  that  contain  the  infringing 
elements.  Additionally,  we  may  find  it  necessary  to  initiate  litigation  to  protect  our  trade  secrets,  to  enforce  our  patent, 
copyright  and  trademark  rights  and  to  determine  the  scope  and  validity  of  the  proprietary  rights  of  others.  These  types  of 
litigation can be costly and time consuming. These litigation expenses, damage payments or costs of developing replacement 
products or technology could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

System errors or failures of our products to conform to specifications could cause unforeseen liabilities or injury, harm 
our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

The  software  and  software  systems  (“systems”)  that  we  sell  or  operate  are  very  complex.  As  with  complex  systems 
offered by others, our systems may contain errors, especially when first introduced. For example, our Technology Solutions 
segment's business systems are intended to provide information to healthcare professionals in the course of delivering patient 
care. Therefore, users of our systems have a greater sensitivity to errors than the general market for software products. If our 
software or systems lead to faulty clinical decisions or injury to patients, we could be subject to claims or litigation by our 
clients, clinicians or patients. In addition, such failures could damage our reputation and could negatively affect future sales.  

Failure of a client's system to perform in accordance with our documentation could constitute a breach of warranty and 
could require us to incur additional expense in order to make the system comply with the documentation. If such failure is not 
remedied in a timely manner, it could constitute a material breach under a contract, allowing the client to cancel the contract, 
obtain refunds of amounts previously paid or assert claims for significant damages.  

18 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Various risks could interrupt customers' access to their data residing in our service center, exposing us to significant costs. 

We provide remote hosting services that involve operating both our software and the software of third-party vendors for 
our customers. The ability to access the systems and the data that we host and support on demand is critical to our customers. 
Our  operations  and  facilities  are  vulnerable  to  interruption  and/or  damage  from  a  number  of  sources,  many  of  which  are 
beyond our control, including, without limitation: (1) power loss and telecommunications failures; (2) fire, flood, hurricane 
and  other  natural  disasters;  (3)  software  and  hardware  errors,  failures  or  crashes;  and  (4)  cyber  attacks,  computer  viruses, 
hacking and other similar disruptive problems. We attempt to mitigate these risks through various means including disaster 
recovery plans, separate test systems and change controls, information security procedures, and continued development and 
enhancement of our cyber security, but our precautions may not protect against all risks. If customers' access is interrupted 
because  of  problems  in  the  operation  of  our  facilities,  we  could  be  exposed  to  significant  claims,  particularly  if  the  access 
interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of medical care. If customers' access is interrupted from failure 
or  breach  of  our  operational  or  information  security  systems,  or  those  of  our  third  party  service  providers,  we  could  suffer 
reputational harm or be exposed to liabilities arising from the unauthorized and improper use or disclosure of confidential or 
proprietary  information.  We  must  maintain  disaster  recovery  and  business  continuity  plans  that  rely  upon  third-party 
providers of related services and if those vendors fail us at a time that our center is not operating correctly, we could incur a 
loss  of  revenue  and  liability  for  failure  to  fulfill  our  contractual  service  commitments.  Any  significant  instances  of  system 
downtime could negatively affect our reputation and ability to sell our remote hosting services. 

The length of our sales and implementation cycles for our Technology Solutions segment could have a material adverse 
impact on our future results of operations. 

Many of the solutions offered by our Technology Solutions segment have long sales and implementation cycles, which 
could range from a few months to two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of implementation. 
How  and  when  to  implement,  replace,  or  expand  an  information  system,  or  modify  or  add  business  processes,  are  major 
decisions for healthcare organizations. Many of the solutions we provide typically require significant capital expenditures and 
time commitments by the customer. Any decision by our customers to delay or cancel implementation could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations. Furthermore, delays or failures to meet milestones established in our agreements 
may  result  in  a  breach  of  contract,  termination  of  the  agreement,  damages  and/or  penalties  as  well  as  a  reduction  in  our 
margins or a delay in our ability to recognize revenue.  

We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired. 

We  are  required  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”)  to  test  our  goodwill  for  impairment, 
annually  or  more  frequently  if  indicators  for  potential  impairment  exist.  Indicators  that  are  considered  include  significant 
changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative 
industry, or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company's stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained 
period  of  time.  In  addition,  we  periodically  review  our  intangible  assets  for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances 
indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable include slower growth rates and the loss of a 
significant customer. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements 
during  the  period  in  which  any  impairment  of  our  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  is  determined.  This  could  have  a  material 
adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  There  are  inherent  uncertainties  in  management's  estimates,  judgments  and 
assumptions used in assessing recoverability of goodwill and  intangible  assets. Any changes in key assumptions, including 
failure  to  meet  business  plans,  a  further  deterioration  in  the  market  or  other  unanticipated  events  and  circumstances,  may 
affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge. 

19 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our foreign operations may subject us to a number of operating, economic, political and regulatory risks that may have a 
material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We have operations based in, and we source and contract manufacture pharmaceutical and medical-surgical products in, 
a number of foreign countries. In the future, we look to continue to grow our foreign operations both organically and through 
acquisitions  and  investments;  however,  increasing  our  foreign  operations  carries  additional  risks.  Operations  outside  of  the 
United States may be affected by changes in trade protection laws, policies and measures and other regulatory requirements 
affecting  trade  and  investment;  unexpected  changes  in  regulatory  requirements  for  software,  social,  political,  labor  or 
economic conditions in a specific country or region; import/export regulations in both the United States and foreign countries 
and difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations. Political changes and natural disasters, some of which may be 
disruptive, can interfere with our supply chain, our customers and all of our activities in a particular location. We may also be 
affected by potentially adverse tax consequences and difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad. 
Additionally,  foreign  operations  expose  us  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations  that  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of 
operations based on the movements of the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar. 

Foreign operations are also subject to risks of violations of laws prohibiting improper payments and bribery, including 
the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  similar  regulations  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  Failure  to  comply  with  these  laws 
could  subject  us  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

We also may experience difficulties and delays inherent in sourcing products and contract manufacturing from foreign 
countries,  including  but  not  limited  to:  (1)  difficulties  in  complying  with  the  requirements  of  applicable  federal,  state  and 
local governmental authorities in the United States and of foreign regulatory authorities; (2) inability to increase production 
capacity  commensurate  with  demand  or  the  failure  to  predict  market  demand;  (3)  other  manufacturing  or  distribution 
problems including changes in types of products produced, limits to manufacturing capacity due to regulatory requirements, 
physical limitations, or scarce or inadequate resources that could impact continuous supply; and (4) damage to our reputation 
due to real or perceived quality issues. Manufacturing difficulties could result in production shutdowns, product shortages and 
other similar delays in product manufacturing that could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Tax  legislation  initiatives  or  challenges  to  our  tax  positions  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions. As such, we 
are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of many international 
jurisdictions.  From  time-to-time,  legislation  may  be  enacted  that  could  adversely  affect  our  tax  positions.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that our effective tax rate and the resulting cash flow will not be adversely affected by these changes in legislation. 
For  example,  if  legislation  is  passed  to  repeal  the  LIFO  (last-in,  first-out)  method  of  inventory  accounting  for  income  tax 
purposes, it would adversely impact our cash flow, and if legislation is passed to change the current U.S. taxation treatment of 
income from foreign operations, it may adversely impact our income tax expense. The tax laws and regulations of the various 
countries where we have major operations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. Although we believe 
that our historical tax positions are sound and consistent with applicable laws, regulations and existing precedent, there can be 
no assurance that these tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any 
such challenge. 

Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully. 

An  element  of  our  strategy  is  to  identify,  pursue  and  consummate  acquisitions  that  either  expand  or  complement  our 
business.  Since  2011,  we  have  completed  approximately  $5.8  billion  of  business  acquisitions.  Integration  of  acquisitions 
involves a number of significant risks, including the diversion of management's attention to the assimilation of the operations 
of businesses we have acquired; difficulties in the integration of operations and systems; the realization of potential operating 
synergies;  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  the  personnel  of  the  acquired  companies;  accounting,  regulatory  or  compliance 
issues  that  could  arise,  including  internal  control  over  financial  reporting;  challenges  in  retaining  the  customers,  including 
physician affiliates, of the combined businesses. Further, acquisitions may have a material adverse impact on our operating 
results if unanticipated expenses or charges to earnings were to occur, including unanticipated depreciation and amortization 
expenses  over  the  useful  lives  of  certain  assets  acquired,  as  well  as  costs  related  to  potential  impairment  charges,  assumed 
litigation  and  unknown  liabilities.  In  addition,  we  may  potentially  require  additional  financing  in  order  to  fund  future 
acquisitions, which may or may not be attainable and is subject to potential volatility in the credit markets. If we are unable to 
successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, our business and our growth strategies could be 
negatively affected. 

20 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Volatility and disruption to the global capital and credit markets may adversely affect our ability to access credit, our cost 
of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers. 

Volatility  and  disruption  in  the  global  capital  and  credit  markets,  including  the  bankruptcy  or  restructuring  of  certain 
financial  institutions,  reduced  lending  activity  by  other  financial  institutions,  decreased  liquidity  and  increased  costs  in  the 
commercial paper market and the reduced market for securitizations, may adversely affect the availability and cost of credit 
already arranged and the availability, terms and cost of credit in the future, including any arrangements to renew or replace 
our  current  credit  or  financing  arrangements.  Although  we  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow,  financial  assets,  current 
access  to  capital  and  credit  markets,  including  our  existing  credit  and  sales  facilities,  will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our 
financing needs for the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in 
the global capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. 

Our  $1.35 billion  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  is  generally  renewed  annually  and  will  expire  in  May  2013. 
Historically, we have primarily used the accounts receivable sales facility to fund working capital requirements, as needed. 
We  anticipate  extending  or  renewing  this  facility  before  its  expiration.  Although  we  believe  we  will  be  able  to  renew  this 
facility, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. 

Our  business  could  also  be  negatively  impacted  if  our  customers  or  suppliers  experience  disruptions  resulting  from 
tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy. As a result, customers may modify, delay or cancel 
plans to purchase or implement our products or services and suppliers may increase their prices, reduce their output or change 
their  terms  of  sale.  Additionally,  if  customers'  or  suppliers'  operating  and  financial  performance  deteriorates  or  if  they  are 
unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, customers may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of accounts 
receivable owed to us and suppliers may restrict credit, impose different payment terms or be unable to make payments due to 
us for fees, returned products or incentives. Any inability of customers to pay us for our products and services or any demands 
by suppliers for different payment terms may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flow. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  other  standard-
setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.  

Our  financial  statements  are  subject  to  the  application  of  U.S.  GAAP,  which  is  periodically  revised  and/or  expanded. 
Accordingly,  from  time-to-time  we  are  required  to  adopt  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  issued  by  recognized 
authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt 
could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes 
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

Item 2. 

Properties. 

Because  of  the  nature  of  our  principal  businesses,  our  plant,  warehousing,  office  and  other  facilities  are  operated  in 
widely dispersed locations, mostly throughout the U.S. and Canada. The warehouses are typically owned or leased on a long-
term basis. We consider our operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to meet our needs for the next 
several  years  without  making  capital  expenditures  materially  higher  than  historical  levels.  Information  as  to  material  lease 
commitments is included in Financial Note 20, “Lease Obligations,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings. 

Certain  legal  proceedings  in  which  we  are  involved  are  discussed  in  Financial  Note  22,  “Other  Commitments  and 

Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

21 

 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant  

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their  principal 
occupations during the past five years. The number of years of service with the Company includes service with predecessor 
companies. 

There  are  no  family  relationships  between  any  of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.  The  executive 
officers are elected on an annual basis generally and their term expires at the first meeting of the Board of Directors (“Board”) 
following  the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  have  qualified,  or  until  death, 
resignation or removal, whichever is sooner. 

Name 

John H. Hammergren 

Age 

54 

Jeffrey C. Campbell 

Patrick J. Blake 

Jorge L. Figueredo 

Paul C. Julian 

Laureen E. Seeger 

Randall N. Spratt 

Brian S. Tyler 

52 

49 

52 

57 

51 

61 

46 

Position with Registrant and Business Experience

Chairman  of  the  Board  since  July  2002;  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer since April 2001; and a director since July 1999. 
Service with the Company — 17 years. 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  April 
2004. Service with the Company — 9 years. 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  June  2009; 
President of  McKesson Specialty Care Solutions (now  McKesson 
Specialty Health) from April 2006 to June 2009. Service with the 
Company — 17 years. 

Executive  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  since  May  2008; 
Senior  Vice  President,  Human  Resources,  Dow  Jones,  Inc.  from 
February  2007  to  January  2008.  Service  with  the  Company  —
5 years. 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  April  2004. 
Service with the Company — 17 years. 

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance 
Officer  since  April  2010  (functionally  has  served  as  chief 
compliance  officer  since  March  2006);  Executive  Vice  President 
and  General  Counsel  from  July  2009  to  April  2010;  Executive 
Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  from  March  2006 
to July 2009. Service with the Company — 13 years. 

Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Technology  Officer  and  Chief 
Information  Officer  since  April  2009;  Executive  Vice  President, 
Chief  Information  Officer  from  July  2005  to  April  2009.  Service 
with the Company — 27 years. 

Executive  Vice  President,  Corporate  Strategy  and  Business 
Development  since  August  2012;  President,  U.S.  Pharmaceutical 
from January 2011 to August 2012; President, McKesson Medical-
Surgical  from  April  2006  to  December  2010.  Service  with  the 
Company — 16 years. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities. 

(a)  Market Information: The principal market on which the Company's common stock is traded is the New York Stock 

Exchange (“NYSE”). 

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on NYSE for each 

quarterly period of the two most recently completed fiscal years: 

First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2013

2012

High

Low

High 

Low

$
$
$
$

94.47 $
97.23 $
100.00 $
111.55 $

85.95    $ 
84.65    $ 
85.57    $ 
96.67    $ 

87.32 $
84.96 $
85.70 $
88.91 $

77.55
70.86
66.61
74.89

(b)  Holders: The number of record holders of the Company's common stock at March 31, 2013 was approximately 7,300. 

(c)  Dividends:    In  April  2011,  the  Company's  quarterly  dividend  was  raised  from  $0.18  to  $0.20  per  common  share  for 
dividends  declared  after  such  date,  until  further  action  by  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”).   The 
Company declared regular cash dividends of $0.80 per share (or $0.20 per share per quarter) in the years ended March 
31, 2013 and 2012.   

The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment 
and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion  of the Board and will depend upon the Company's future 
earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

(d)  Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans:  Information relating to this item is provided under 

Part III, Item 12, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(e)  Share  Repurchase  Plans:    Stock  repurchases  may  be  made  from  time-to-time  in  open  market  transactions,  privately 
negotiated  transactions,  through  accelerated  share  repurchase  (“ASR”)  programs,  or  by  any  combination  of  such 
methods. The timing of any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, 
including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market 
and economic conditions. 

In  the  first  quarter  of  2013,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  an  additional  $700  million  of  the  Company's 

common stock, bringing the total authorization outstanding to $1.0 billion.  

During  the  first  three  quarters  of  2013,  we  repurchased  3.8  million  shares  for  $359  million  through  open  market 

transactions at an average price per share of $94.76. 

In  January  2013,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  an  additional  $500  million  of  the  Company's  common 

stock, bringing the total authorization outstanding to $1.1 billion. 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  we  repurchased  6.2  million  shares  for  $650  million  through  open  market 
transactions at an average price per share of $106.00. In addition, in March 2013, we entered into an ASR program with a 
third party financial institution to repurchase $150 million of the Company's common stock.  As of March 31, 2013, we 
had received 1.2 million shares representing the minimum number of shares due under this program. This ASR program 
was completed on April 17, 2013 and we received 0.2 million additional shares on April 22, 2013. The total number of 
shares repurchased under this ASR program was 1.4 million shares at an average price per share of $107.63. 

23 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we retired 1.8 million shares repurchased for $217 million by the Company. The retired 

shares constitute authorized but unissued shares. 

The following table provides information on the Company's share repurchases during the fourth quarter of 2013: 

Share Repurchases (1) 

Total  
Number of 
Shares  
Purchased 

Average Price Paid 
per Share

—   $
2.7  
4.7  

7.4     

—  
103.82  
107.69  

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Programs 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the 
Programs

—   $ 
2.7   
4.7   

7.4   

1,140
860
340

340

(In millions, except price per share) 

January 1, 2013 - January 31, 2013 
February 1, 2013 - February 28, 2013 
March 1, 2013 - March 31, 2013 

Total 

(1)  This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee stock options or shares 

tendered to satisfy tax-withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards. 

24 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

(f)  Stock  Price  Performance  Graph*:  The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  the 
Company's common stock for the periods indicated with the Standard & Poor's 500 Index and the Value Line Healthcare 
Sector Index (composed of 156 companies in the health care industry, including the Company). 

$ 
McKesson Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
$ 
Value Line Healthcare Sector Index  $ 

2008 
100.00    $
100.00    $
100.00    $

2009

67.62    $
61.91    $
77.09    $

2010
127.96    $
92.73    $
106.21    $

2011
155.58    $ 
107.24    $ 
126.60    $ 

2012 
174.45    $
116.39    $
143.64    $

2013
216.44
132.64
179.39

*  Assumes $100 invested in McKesson's common stock and in each index on March 31, 2008 and that all dividends are reinvested. 

March 31,

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data. 

(In millions, except per share data and ratios) 
Operating Results 
Revenues 

Percent change 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS 

2013

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, 
2011

2010 

2012

2009

   $

122,455

   $

122,734

   $

112,084

   $ 

108,702

   $ 

106,632

Gross profit 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income after income taxes 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation 

   $

Net income 

(0.2)%   

9.5%   

3.1%   

1.9 %    

   $ 

   $

6,984
1,919

1,338

   $

6,567
1,919

1,403

—   

1,338

—   

1,403

5,970
1,635

1,130
72
1,202

   $ 

5,676
1,864

1,263

—   

1,263

4.8%

5,378
1,064

823
—
823

Financial Position 
Working capital 
Days sales outstanding for: (1) 
Customer receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 

Total assets 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
Stockholders' equity 
Property acquisitions 
Acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 

   $

Common Share Information 
Common shares outstanding at year-end 
Shares on which earnings per common share were based 

Diluted 
Basic 

Diluted earnings per common share (2) 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation 

Total 

Cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared per common share 
Book value per common share (2) (3) 
Market value per common share - year end 

Supplemental Data 
Capital employed (4) 
Debt to capital ratio (5) 
Net debt to net capital employed (6) 
Average stockholders' equity (7) 
Return on stockholders' equity (8) 

Footnotes to Five-Year Highlights:  

   $

1,813

   $

1,917

   $

3,631

   $ 

4,492

   $ 

3,065

   $

26
33
51
34,786
4,873
7,070
246
1,873

227

239
235

   $

24
31
49
33,093
3,980
6,831
225
1,156

235

251
246

   $

5.59

   $

5.59

   $

—   

—   

5.59
192
0.80
31.15
107.96

5.59
202
0.80
29.07
87.77

25
31
47
30,886
4,004
7,220
233
292

252

263
258

4.29
0.28
4.57
188
0.72
28.65
79.05

   $ 

   $ 

25
34
48
28,189
2,297
7,532
199
18

271

273
269

   $ 

4.62

   $ 

—   

4.62
131
0.48
27.79
65.72

24
31
43
25,267
2,512
6,193
195
358

271

279
275

2.95
—
2.95
134
0.48
22.87
35.04

   $

11,943

   $

10,811

   $

11,224

   $ 

9,829

   $ 

8,705

40.8 %   
25.5 %   

   $

7,294

   $

18.3 %   

36.8%   
10.8%   
7,108
19.7%   

   $

35.7%   
5.1%   

   $ 

7,105
16.9%   

23.4 %    
(23.5)%    
6,768

   $ 

18.7 %    

28.9%
6.1%

6,214

13.2%

(1)  Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year.  
(2)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 
(3)  Represents stockholders' equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. 
(4)  Consists of the sum of total debt and stockholders' equity. 
(5)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by capital employed. 
(6)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by the sum of net debt and stockholders' equity (“net 

capital employed”). 

(7)  Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders' equity. 
(8)  Ratio is computed as net income divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders' equity. 

26 

  
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

GENERAL  

Management's  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  referred  to  as  the  Financial 
Review, is intended to assist the reader in the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to the 
results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should 
be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying financial notes in Item 8 of Part II of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company's fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31. Unless otherwise noted, 
all references to a particular year shall mean the Company's fiscal year. 

Certain  statements  in  this  report  constitute  forward-looking  statements.  See  Item  1  -  Business  -  Forward-Looking 
Statements in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional factors relating to these statements; also see Item 1A - 
Risk Factors in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We conduct our business through two operating segments: McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson Technology 
Solutions. See Financial Note 25, “Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for a description of these segments. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview: 

(Dollars in millions, except per share data) 

2013

2012

2011

2013 

2012

Years Ended March 31, 

Change

Revenues 

Gross Profit 

$ 122,455    $ 122,734    $ 112,084   

— %    

10 % 

$

6,984    $

6,567    $

5,970   

6 % 

10 % 

Operating Expenses 
Litigation Charges 
Gain on Business Combination 

Total Operating Expenses 
Other Income, Net 
Impairment of an Equity Investment 
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations Before 
Income Taxes 
Income Tax Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operation - gain on sale, net of tax 

Net Income 

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 

Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operation  

Total 

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares 
NM – not meaningful  

$

$

$

(4,678)   
(72)   
81   

(4,669)   
35   
(191)   
(240)   

1,919   
(581)   

1,338   
—   

(4,269)   
(149)   
—   

(4,418)   
21   
—   
(251)   

1,919   
(516)   

1,403   
—   

1,338    $

1,403    $

(3,936)   
(213)   
—   

(4,149)   
36   
—   
(222)   

1,635   
(505)   

1,130   
72   

1,202   

10   
(52)   
NM   

6   
67   
NM   
(4)   

—   
13   

(5)   
—   

(5)   

8   
(30)   
   —   

6   
(42)   
   —   
13   

17   
2   

24   
   —   

17   

5.59    $
—   

5.59    $

5.59    $
—   

5.59    $

4.29   
0.28   

4.57   

— % 
—   

—   

30 % 

   —   

22   

239   

251   

263   

(5) % 

(5) % 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Revenues  for  2013  approximated  2012  and  increased  in  2012  compared  to  2011.  Revenues  over  the  last  two  years 
benefited  from  market  growth,  which  includes  growing  drug  utilization  and  price  increases,  in  our  Distribution  Solutions 
segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of our consolidated revenues, as well as due to our business acquisitions. In 
addition, revenues for 2013 were impacted by price deflation associated with brand to generics drug conversion and the loss 
of customers. 

Gross profit and gross profit margin increased over each of the last two years. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit 
increased  35  basis  points  (“bp”)  to  5.70%  in  2013  and  2  bp  to  5.35%  in  2012.  Gross  profit  margin  increased  in  2013 
compared to 2012 primarily due to higher generics income, business acquisitions, higher buy margin, a $44 million benefit 
associated with the receipt of our share of settlements of antitrust class action lawsuits brought against drug  manufacturers 
and  a  lower  proportion  of  revenues  attributed  to  sales  to  customers'  warehouses.  Additionally,  gross  profit  margin  was 
unfavorably impacted in 2012 by $31 million of product alignment charges. These increases in the 2013 gross profit margin 
were partially offset by a decrease in sell margin. 

Gross profit margin increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to business acquisitions, higher generics income 
in our Distribution Solutions segment and an increase in higher margin revenues in our Technology Solutions segment. These 
increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  sell  margin  and  by  $31  million  of  product  alignment  charges.  Additionally, 
gross profit margin in 2011 was impacted by a $51 million benefit associated with the receipt of our share of a settlement of 
an antitrust class action lawsuit brought against a drug manufacturer and a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized 
software held for sale. 

Operating expenses increased over each of the last two years. Operating expenses increased in 2013 compared to 2012 
primarily due to our acquisitions, higher employee compensation and benefit costs, a $40 million charge for a legal dispute 
and a $36 million charge for goodwill impairment. These increases were partially offset by an $81 million gain on business 
combination  and  lower  Average  Wholesale  Price  ("AWP")  litigation  charges.  Operating  expenses  increased  in  2012 
compared to 2011 primarily due to expenses associated with supporting our higher revenues, business acquisitions, and higher 
employee  compensation  and  benefits  costs.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  lower  AWP  litigation  charges.  AWP 
litigation charges were $72 million, $149 million and $213 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

On April 6, 2012, we purchased the remaining 50% ownership interest in our corporate headquarters building located in 
San  Francisco,  California  for  $90  million,  which  was  funded  from  cash  on  hand.  We  previously  held  a  50%  ownership 
interest and were the primary tenant in this building. This transaction was accounted for as a step acquisition, which requires 
that we re-measure our previously held 50% ownership interest to fair value and record the difference between the fair value 
and carrying value as a gain in the consolidated statements of operations. The re-measurement to fair value resulted in a non-
cash  pre-tax  gain  of  $81  million  ($51  million  after-tax),  which  was  recorded  as  a  gain  on  business  combination  within 
Corporate in the consolidated statements of operations during the first quarter of 2013. 

Other income, net was $35 million, $21 million and $36 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

Based on a recent evaluation we committed to a plan to sell our 49% equity interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V ("Nadro") and 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  recorded  a  pre-tax  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $191  million  reducing  the  investment's 
carrying  value  to  its  estimated  fair  value.  The  charge  reflects  deterioration  in  Nadro's  market  position,  projected  lower 
revenue growth rates and operating margins and continued business challenges in the wholesale pharmaceutical distribution 
business in Mexico. 

Interest  expense  decreased  in  2013  compared  to  2012  and  increased  in  2012  compared  with  2011.  Interest  expense 
fluctuates based on timing, amounts and interest rates of term debt that is repaid and new debt issued, as well as fees paid on 
bridge loan facilities used in acquiring businesses.  

Our  reported  income  tax  rates  were  30.3%,  26.9%  and  30.9%  in  2013,  2012  and  2011.  Fluctuations  in  our  reported 
income tax rates are primarily due to changes within our business mix, including varying proportions of income attributable to 
foreign countries that have lower income tax rates, and discrete items. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, income tax expense includes 
$29 million,  $66  million  and  $34 million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items,  which  primarily  relates  to  the 
recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  accrued  interest.  Included  in  the  2012  discrete  tax  benefit,  is  a 
$31 million credit to income tax expense as a result of the reversal of an income tax reserve relating to our AWP litigation. 

28 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Net  income  was  $1,338  million,  $1,403  million  and  $1,202  million  in  2013,  2012  and  2011,  and  diluted  earnings  per 
common  share  were  $5.59,  $5.59  and  $4.57.  Net  income  for  2011  includes  a  $72  million  after-tax  gain  ($0.28  per  diluted 
share) on the sale of a wholly-owned subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty Limited (“MAP”). Historical financial results for 
this subsidiary were not material.  

Diluted  earnings  per  common  share  were  favorably  affected  by  decreases  in  our  weighted  average  shares  outstanding 
primarily due to the cumulative effect of share repurchases over the past three years. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased 
13 million, 20 million and 29 million of our common shares. 

Revenues: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Distribution Solutions 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services 
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 

Total Revenues 

Years Ended March 31, 

Change

2013

2012

2011 

2013 

2012

$ 86,816    $ 85,523    $ 77,554    
18,631   

20,453   

18,646   

2 %   
(9)   

105,462   
9,981   
3,611   

105,976   
10,303   
3,145   

96,185    —   
(3)   
9,784   
15   
2,920   

119,054   

119,424   

108,889    —   

2,724   
576   
101   
3,401   

2,594   
596   
120   
3,310   

2,483   
590   
122   
3,195   

5   
(3)   
(16)   
3   

$ 122,455    $ 122,734    $ 112,084     —   

10 %
10   

10   
5   
8   

10   

4   
1   
(2)   
4   

10   

Revenues for 2013 approximated the prior year and increased 10% to $122.7 billion in 2012. Changes in our revenues 
were primarily impacted by our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of our consolidated 
revenues.  The  increase  in  revenues  in  2012  includes  our  December  2010  acquisition  of  US  Oncology  Holdings,  Inc.  ("US 
Oncology"). 

Direct  distribution  and  services  revenues  increased  in  2013  compared  to  2012  primarily  due  to  market  growth,  which 
includes growing drug utilization and price increases, expanded volume with existing customers and new customers, partially 
offset  by  price  deflation  associated  with  brand  to  generic  drug  conversions,  the  loss  of  customers  and  two  less  sales  days. 
Direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to market growth and from our 
acquisition  of  US  Oncology.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  price  deflation  associated  with  brand  to  generic  drug 
conversions.  

 Sales to customers' warehouses for 2013 decreased compared to 2012 primarily due to price deflation associated with 
brand to generic drugs conversions, net of brand price inflation and two less sales days. Sales to customers' warehouses for 
2012 increased compared to 2011 primarily due to a new customer and new business with existing customers.  

Sales to customers' warehouses represent large volume sales of pharmaceuticals primarily to a limited number of large 
self-warehousing  retail  chain  customers  whereby  we  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer,  receive  and  process  the 
product  through  our  central  distribution  facility  and  subsequently  deliver  the  bulk  product  (generally  in  the  same  form  as 
received from the manufacturer) directly to our customers' warehouses. This distribution method is typically not marketed or 
sold  by  the  Company  as  a  stand-alone  service;  rather,  it  is  offered  as  an  additional  distribution  method  for  our  large  retail 
chain customers that have an internal self-warehousing distribution network. Sales to customers' warehouses provide a benefit 
to  these  customers  because  they  can  utilize  the  Company  as  one  source  for  both  their  direct-to-store  business  and  their 
warehouse business. We generally have significantly lower gross profit margins on sales to customers' warehouses as we pass 
much of the efficiency of this low cost-to-serve model on to the customer. These sales do, however, contribute to our gross 
profit dollars. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The customer mix of revenues from our U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution business was as follows: 

Direct Sales 

Retail Chains 
Institutions 
Independents 
Subtotal 

Sales to retail customers' warehouses 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

33 %    
37   
11   
81   
19   
100 %    

34 %    
34   
11   
79   
21   
100 %    

33 % 
34   
12   
79   
21   
100 % 

As previously described, a limited number of our large retail chain customers purchase products through both our direct 
and warehouse distribution methods, the latter of which generally has a significantly lower gross profit margin due to the low 
cost-to-serve  model. When evaluating and pricing customer  contracts,  we  do so based  on  our assessment of total  customer 
profitability. As a result, we do not evaluate our performance or allocate resources based on sales to customers' warehouses or 
gross profit associated with such sales. 

Canadian  pharmaceutical  distribution  and  services  revenues  decreased  3%  in  2013  compared  to  2012.  Excluding  an 
unfavorable  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuation  of  1%,  revenues  decreased  primarily  due  to  five  less  sales  days, 
government-imposed  price  reduction  for  generic  pharmaceuticals  in  certain  provinces  and  changes  in  our  customer  mix. 
These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  market  growth  and  an  increase  in  revenues  associated  with  our  March  2012 
acquisition of the assets of Drug Trading Company Limited, the independent banner business of the Katz Group Canada Inc. 
(“Katz Group”), and Medicine Shoppe Canada Inc., the franchise business of the Katz Group (collectively, “Katz Assets”). 
Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues increased 5% in 2012 compared to 2011. Excluding a favorable 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuation  of  2%  during  2012,  revenues  increased  primarily  due  to  market  growth,  five 
additional  sales  days  and  a  small  acquisition  in  the  second  quarter  of  2011,  partially  offset  by  government-imposed  price 
reduction for generic pharmaceuticals in certain provinces.  

Medical-Surgical distribution and services revenues increased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to market growth, 
new customers and our February 22, 2013 acquisition of PSS World Medical, Inc. (“PSS World Medical”). These increases 
were partially offset by five less sales days. Medical-Surgical distribution and services revenues increased in 2012 compared 
to 2011 primarily due to market growth, new customers and five additional sales days. 

Technology  Solutions  revenues  increased  in  2013  compared  to  2012  primarily  due  to  acquisitions,  higher  volume  of 
claims  processing  and  an  increase  in  maintenance  revenues  from  new  and  existing  customers,  partially  offset  by  revenue 
deferral on certain products in our international business. Technology Solutions revenues increased in 2012 compared to 2011 
primarily  due  to  higher  revenues  for  claims  processing,  increased  revenues  associated  with  the  sale  and  installation  of  our 
software products, an increase in maintenance revenues from new and existing customers and a number of small acquisitions 
made during 2012.  

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Years Ended March 31, 

Change

2013 

2012

2011

2013 

2012

$ 

$ 

   $

5,439   
1,545   

   $

5,057   
1,510   

4,565   
1,405   

6,984   

   $

6,567   

   $

5,970   

8 %    
2   

6   

11 % 
7   

10   

4.57 %   
45.43   
5.70   

4.23 %   
45.62   
5.35   

4.19 %    
43.97   
5.33   

34 bp    
(19)   
35   

4 bp 

165   
2   

Gross Profit: 

(Dollars in millions) 

Gross Profit 

Distribution Solutions (1) 
Technology Solutions (2) 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

bp - basis points 

(1)  Gross profit for our Distribution Solutions segment for 2013 and 2011 includes receipt of $44 million and $51 million representing our share 
of settlements of antitrust class action lawsuits brought against drug manufacturers, which were recorded as a reduction to cost of sales. 
(2)  Gross profit for our Technology Solutions segment for 2013, 2012 and 2011 includes an asset impairment charge for capitalized software held 
for sale of $10 million, $31 million of product alignment charges and a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for 
sale. 

Gross profit increased 6% to $7.0 billion in 2013 and 10% to $6.6 billion in 2012. As a percentage of revenues, gross 
profit increased by 35 bp in 2013 and by 2 bp in 2012. Gross profit margin increased in 2013 primarily reflecting an increase 
in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.  Gross  profit  margin  increased  in  2012  reflecting  increases  in  both  of  our  operating 
segments. 

Distribution Solutions segment's gross profit margin increased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to increased sales 
of  higher  margin  generic  drugs,  our  business  acquisitions,  an  increase  in  buy  margin  and  a  lower  proportion  of  revenues 
within  the  segment  attributed  to  sales  to  customers'  warehouses.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by a  decrease  in  sell 
margin. Buy margin primarily reflects volume and timing of compensation from branded pharmaceutical manufacturers. Our 
Distribution  Solutions  segment's  gross  profit  margin  for  2013  was  also  favorably  affected  by  the  receipt  of  $44  million 
representing our share of settlements of antitrust class action lawsuits brought against drug manufacturers. 

Distribution Solutions segment's gross profit margin increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to our acquisition of US 
Oncology  and increased  sales  of  higher  margin  generic  drugs, partially  offset by  a  decline  in sell  margin  and the  receipt  of  $51 
million in 2011 representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit brought against a drug manufacturer. 

Our  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  net  inventory  expense  was  $13 million  in  2013,  $11 million  in  2012  and  $3 million  for 
2011.  Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  uses  the  LIFO  method  of  accounting  for  the  majority  of  its  inventories,  which 
results in cost of sales that more closely reflects replacement cost than under other accounting methods. The practice in the 
Distribution  Solutions  segment's  distribution  businesses  is  to  pass  on  to  customers  published  price  changes  from  suppliers. 
Manufacturers generally provide us with price protection, which limits price-related inventory losses. During 2013 and 2012, 
we  began  to  experience  a  modest  net  inflationary  trend  in  our  pharmaceuticals  indices,  as  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals  exceeded  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  toward  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the  effect  of 
branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. Additional information regarding our LIFO accounting is 
included under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” included in this Financial Review. 

Technology Solutions segment's gross profit margin decreased in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to a change in 
product and services mix and a $10 million impairment of capitalized software held for sale. Additionally, 2012 gross profit 
margin includes $31 million of product alignment charges. 

Technology  Solutions  segment's  gross  profit  margin  increased  in  2012  compared  to  2011  primarily  due  an  increase  in 
higher margin revenues, a $72 million asset impairment charge related to our Horizon Enterprise ManagementTM (“HzERM”) 
software product in 2011 and lower amortization expense related to HzERM. These increases were partially offset by product 
alignment charges of $31 million in 2012. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

During the third quarter of 2012, we approved a plan to align our hospital clinical and revenue cycle healthcare software 
products within our Technology Solutions segment. As part of this alignment strategy, we began converging our core clinical 
and revenue cycle Horizon and Paragon product lines onto Paragon's Microsoft®-based platform. Additionally, we stopped 
development of our HzERM  software product. The plan resulted in  a pre-tax charge of $51  million in 2012, of which $31 
million was recorded to cost of sales and $20 million was recorded to operating expenses within our Technology Solutions 
segment. The majority of these charges were incurred in the third quarter of 2012. The pre-tax charge included $24 million of 
non-cash asset impairment charges, primarily for the write-off of prepaid licenses and commissions and capitalized internal 
use software that were determined to be obsolete as they would not be utilized going forward, $10 million for severance, $7 
million for customer allowances and $10 million for other charges.  

Our capitalized software held for sale is amortized over three years. At each balance sheet date, or earlier if an indicator 
of an impairment exists, we evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on estimated future 
undiscounted revenues net of estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period. At the end of the second quarter 
of 2010, our HzERM software product became generally available. In October 2010, we decreased our estimated revenues 
over the next 24 months for our HzERM software product and, as a result, concluded that the estimated future revenues, net 
of estimated related costs, were insufficient to recover its carrying value. Accordingly, we recorded a $72 million non-cash 
impairment  charge  in  the  second  quarter  of  2011  within  our  Technology  Solutions  segment's  cost  of  sales  to  reduce  the 
carrying value of the software product to its net realizable value.  

Operating Expenses:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions (1) (2) 
Technology Solutions (3) 
Corporate (4) 
Total 

Years Ended March 31, 

Change

2013

2012

2011

2013 

2012

$ 

3,071    $
1,252   
346   

2,854    $
1,151   
413   

2,673   
1,108   
368   

$ 

4,669    $

4,418    $

4,149   

8 % 
9   
(16)   

6   

7 % 
4   
12   

6   

Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues    

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Total 

2.58 %
36.81   
3.81   

2.39 %
34.77   
3.60   

2.45 %   
34.68   
3.70   

19 bp     
204   
21   

(6) bp 
9   
(10)   

(1)  Operating expenses for 2013, 2012 and 2011 include $72 million, $149 million and $213 million of AWP litigation charges. 
(2)  Operating expenses for 2013 include a $40 million charge for a legal dispute in our Canadian business. 
(3)  Operating expenses for 2013 and 2012 include a goodwill impairment charge of $36 million and product alignment charges of $20 million.  
(4)  Corporate expenses for 2013 are net of an $81 million pre-tax gain on business combination. 

Operating expenses increased 6% to $4.7 billion in 2013 and 6% to $4.4 billion in 2012. Operating expenses increased in 
2013 primarily due to our business acquisitions, higher employee compensation and benefit costs, a $40 million charge for a 
legal dispute in our Canadian business and a $36 million non-cash pre-tax goodwill impairment charge. These increases were 
partially offset  by  an  $81  million  gain  on  business  combination  and  lower  AWP  litigation  charges.  Operating  expenses 
increased in 2012 primarily due to the addition of US Oncology, higher employee compensation and benefits costs and an 
increase in expenses associated with supporting higher revenues, partially offset by lower AWP litigation charges. Operating 
expenses include pre-tax charges of $72 million, $149 million and $213 million in 2013, 2012  and 2011 relating to our AWP 
litigation.  

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Acquisition expenses and related adjustments, which include transaction and integration expenses that are directly related 
to acquisitions by the Company and gains and losses related to business combinations were $2 million, $31 million and $52 
million in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Expenses for 2013 primarily consist of charges incurred to acquire and integrate PSS World 
Medical;  these  expenses  were  almost  fully  offset  by  an  $81  million  gain  on  business  combination.  Expenses  for  2012  and 
2011 were primarily incurred to acquire and integrate US Oncology. Additional acquisition-related expenses are expected to 
be incurred as we integrate our businesses. 

(In millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Transaction closing expenses 
Restructuring, severance and relocation 
Other integration related expenses 
Gain on business combination 

Total 

Other Income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense  

from former US Oncology shareholders 

Interest Expense: bridge loan fees 

Years Ended March 31,

2013

2012 

2011

$

16    $ 
31   
25   
(81)   

(9)   

—   
11   

3     $
6   
22   
—   

31   

—   
—   

22
9
12
—

43

(16)
25

52

Total Acquisition Expenses and Related Adjustments 

$

2    $ 

31     $

The acquisition expenses and related adjustments by segment were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Corporate - Other Income 
Corporate - Interest Expense 

Total Acquisition Expenses and Related Adjustments 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

47    $ 
8   
(64)   
(9)   
—   
11   

2    $ 

24     $
6   
1   
31   
—   
—   
31     $

41
—
2
43
(16)
25
52

Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets purchased in connection with acquisitions was as follows: 

(In millions) 
Cost of Sales 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 

Total 

Total Acquisition-related Amortization 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

2    $ 

1    $

14   

16   

146   
52   
1   

19   

20   

120   
51   
—   

199   
215    $ 

171   
191    $

$

—
16

16

70
46
—

116
132

Increases  in  our  amortization  expense  of  acquired  intangible  assets  primarily  reflect  our  recent  business  acquisitions. 

Additionally, certain intangible assets associated with a 2007 acquisition were fully amortized in 2012. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Distribution  Solutions  segment's  operating  expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  increased  in 
2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to our business acquisitions, a $40 million charge for a legal dispute in our Canadian 
business and higher employee compensation and benefits costs. These increases were partially offset by lower AWP litigation 
charges. Additionally, this ratio is negatively impacted as a result of decreases in revenue resulting from deflation. 

Distribution  Solutions  segment's  operating  expenses  increased  in  2012  compared  to  2011  primarily  reflecting  the 
addition of US Oncology, higher employee compensation and benefits expenses and an increase in expenses associated with 
supporting higher revenues, partially offset by a lower AWP litigation charge. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues 
decreased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to operating leverage and lower AWP litigation charge, partially offset by 
the addition of US Oncology. 

The  Company  has  a  reserve  relating  to  AWP  public  entity  claims,  which  is  reviewed  at  least  quarterly  and  whenever 
events  or  circumstances  indicate  changes,  including  consideration  of  the  pace  and  progress  of  discussions  relating  to 
potentially resolving other public entity claims.  

The following is the activity related to the AWP litigation reserve for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

(In millions) 

AWP Litigation reserve at beginning of period 
Charges incurred 
Payments made 

AWP litigation reserve at end of period 

Years Ended March 31,

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

453    $ 
72   
(483)   

42    $ 

330    $
149   
(26)   

453    $

143
213
(26)

330

Pre-tax charges relating to changes in the Company's AWP litigation reserve, including accrued interest, are recorded in 
the Distribution Solutions  segment. The charges for 2013 primarily related  to state  Medicaid claims. The  charges for 2012 
primarily related to the Douglas County, Kansas Action settlement and the state and federal Medicaid claims. The charges for 
2011 primarily related to state and federal Medicaid claims. In view of the number of outstanding cases and expected future 
claims, and the uncertainties of the timing and outcome of this type of litigation, it is possible that the ultimate costs of these 
matters may exceed or be less than the reserve. 

Since 2009 the Company has cooperated with and responded to an investigation by the Regie de l'assurance maladie du 
Quebec  (“RAMQ”),  a  provincial  government  agency  with  administrative  authority  over  the  conduct  of  pharmaceutical 
businesses  in  the  province  of  Quebec,  Canada.   The  investigation  focused  on  certain  discounts  and  payments  offered  to 
pharmacies  in  Quebec,  as  well  as  payments  received  by  the  Company  from  certain  manufacturers.   In  the  third  quarter  of 
2013,  we  engaged  in  settlement  discussions  to  resolve  potential  legal  claims  against  the  Company  and  its  customers  and 
suppliers  arising  from  the  investigation.   In  consideration  of  the  pace  and  progress  of  settlement  discussions,  in  the  third 
quarter of 2013, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $40 million for estimated probable loss from potential legal claims arising 
from the investigation.  The charge was recorded to operating expenses within our Distribution Solutions segment.  On April 
19,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  RAMQ,  to  settle  all  potential  claims  of  the  RAMQ 
arising from the investigation. The agreement provides that the Company will pay $40 million to the RAMQ, and provides for 
a full release of all potential claims by the RAMQ arising from the investigation.  

Refer  to  Financial  Note  22,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 

appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information. 

Technology  Solutions  segment's  operating  expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  increased  in 
2013  compared  to  2012  primarily  due  to  our  continued  investment  in  research  and  development  activities,  a  $36  million 
goodwill impairment charge and business acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by product alignment charges of 
$20 million incurred in 2012.  

34 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded $46 million of non-cash pre-tax impairment charges in our Technology 
Solutions segment. These charges were the result of a significant decrease in estimated revenues for a software product. The 
charge included a $36 million goodwill impairment to reduce the carrying value of goodwill within the applicable reporting 
unit  to  its  implied  fair  value.  In  addition,  the  goodwill  had  a  nominal  tax  basis.  This  impairment  charge  was  recorded  in 
operating  expenses  within  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  balance  of  the  charge  represents  a  $10  million 
impairment to reduce the carrying value of the unamortized capitalized software held for sale costs for this product to its net 
realizable  value.  We  concluded  that  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  revenues,  net  of  estimated  related  costs,  were 
insufficient  to  recover  its  carrying  value.  This  impairment  charge  was  recorded  in  cost  of  sales  within  our  consolidated 
statement of operations. 

Technology  Solutions  segment's  operating  expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  increased  in 
2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to our continued investment in research and development activities, a number of small 
business  acquisitions  in  2012  and  product  alignment  charges  of  $20  million.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  cost 
containment efforts.  

Corporate  expenses  decreased  in  2013  compared  to  2012  primarily  due  to  the  gain  on  business  combination  and  a 
charitable  contribution  in  2012.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  a  reserve  for  an  environmental 
liability,  acquisition-related  expenses  and  other  corporate  initiatives.  Corporate  expenses  for  2012  increased  compared  to 
2011 primarily due to higher employee compensation and benefits costs and a charitable contribution.  

Other Income, Net:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Years Ended March 31,

Change

2013

2012

2011

$

$

20    $
4   
11   
35    $

16    $
5   
—   
21    $

2013 
25 %    
(20)    
100   
67   

2012
220 %
25   
(100)   
(42)   

5   
4   
27   
36   

Other income, net increased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to an impairment of an asset in 2012. Other income, 
net decreased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to a receipt in 2011 of $16 million representing the reimbursement of 
post-acquisition  interest  expense  by  former  shareholders  of  US  Oncology,  which  was  recorded  in  Corporate  and  an 
impairment of an asset in 2012. 

Impairment of an Equity Investment:  

Based on a recent evaluation, we committed to a plan to sell our 49% equity interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. ("Nadro") 
and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $191 million  reducing  the  investment's  carrying 
value to its estimated fair value. The charge reflects deterioration in Nadro's market position, projected lower revenue growth 
rates  and  operating  margins  and  continued  business  challenges  in  the  wholesale  pharmaceutical  distribution  business  in 
Mexico. Cumulative foreign currency translation losses of $69  million were included in the assessment  of the investment's 
carrying value for purposes of calculating the impairment charge. Cumulative foreign currency translation losses (net of tax), 
are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on our consolidated balance sheet. The charge was recorded in 
impairment of an equity investment in the consolidated statements of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment. 
The  ultimate  selling  price  of  our  investment  in  Nadro  may  be  different  than  our  current  assessment  of  fair  value.  The  fair 
value of the investment will be reviewed quarterly for any additional impairment.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses, Net: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Segment Operating Profit (1) 

Years Ended March 31, 

Change

2013

2012

2011

2013 

2012

Distribution Solutions (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Technology Solutions (6) (7) (8) 

$ 

2,197    $
297   

2,219    $
364   

Subtotal 
Corporate Expenses, Net (9) 
Interest Expense 

2,494   
(335)   
(240)   

2,583   
(413)   
(251)   

1,897   
301   

2,198   
(341)   
(222)   

(1) % 
(18)    

(3)    
(19)    
(4)    

Income From Continuing Operations Before 

Income Taxes 

$ 

1,919    $

1,919    $

1,635   

—    

17 % 
21   

18   
21   
13   

17   

Segment Operating Profit Margin 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

1.85 %
8.73   

1.86 %
11.00   

1.74 %   
9.42   

(1) bp     

12 bp 

(227)    

158   

(1)  Segment operating profit includes gross profit, net of operating expenses, plus other income (expense), net for our two operating segments. 
(2)  Operating profit for 2013 includes a $191 million charge for impairment of our equity investment in Nadro. 
(3)  Operating profit for 2013, 2012 and 2011 includes AWP litigation charges of $72 million, $149 million and $213 million.  
(4)  Operating profit for 2013 includes a $40 million charge for a legal dispute in our Canadian business. 
(5)  Operating profit for 2013 and 2011 includes the receipt of $44 million and $51 million representing our share of settlements of antitrust class 

action lawsuits brought against drug manufacturers. 

(6)  Operating profit for 2013 includes asset impairment charges of $46 million. 
(7)  Operating profit for 2012 includes product alignment charges of $51 million. 
(8)  Operating profit for 2011 includes $72 million asset impairment charges from capitalized software held for sale. 
(9)  Corporate expenses for 2013 are net of an $81 million pre-tax gain on business combination. 

Operating profit margin for our Distribution Solutions segment decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to a 
$191 million impairment charge on an equity investment and higher operating expenses as a percentage of revenues, which 
includes our business acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by an increase in gross profit margin and lower AWP 
litigation  charges.  Operating  profit  margin  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  increased  in  2012  compared  to  2011 
primarily  due  to  higher  gross  profit  margin,  which  included  a  full  year  of  results  from  US  Oncology,  and  lower  operating 
expenses as a percentage of revenues, which included lower AWP litigation charges.  

Operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to an 
increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and a decrease in gross profit margin. Operating profit margin in 
our  Technology Solutions  segment  increased  in  2012  compared  to  2011  primarily  reflecting  an  increase  in  gross  profit 
margin, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues.  

Corporate  expenses,  net  of  other  income  decreased  in  2013  compared  to  2012  primarily  due  to  the  gain  on  business 
combination and an increase in other income. Corporate expenses, net of other income increased in 2012 compared to 2011 
primarily due an increase in operating expenses and a decrease in other income.  

Interest Expense:  Interest expense decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to the repayment of $400 million 
of long-term debt in February 2012, partially offset by $11 million of bridge loan fees paid in connection with our acquisition 
of PSS World Medical. Interest expense increased in 2012 compared to 2011  primarily due to $1.7 billion of long-term debt 
issued in February 2011 in connection with our acquisition of US Oncology. Refer to our discussion under the caption “Credit 
Resources” within this Financial Review for additional information regarding our financing activities.  

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Income Taxes: Our reported income tax rates were 30.3%, 26.9% and 30.9% in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Fluctuations in our 
reported  income  tax  rates  are  primarily  due  to  changes  within  our  business  mix,  including  varying  proportions  of  income 
attributable to foreign countries that have lower income tax rates. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, income tax expense included $29 
million, $66 million and $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily relates to the recognition 
of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. Included in the 2012 discrete tax benefit is a $31 million credit 
to income tax expense as a result of the reversal of an income tax reserve relating to our AWP litigation. 

We  have  received  tax  assessments  of  $98  million  from  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  relating  to  2003 
through  2006.  We  disagree  with  a  substantial  portion  of  the  tax  assessments  primarily  relating  to  transfer  pricing.  We  are 
pursuing  administrative  relief  through  the  appeals  process.  We  have  also  received  assessments  from  the  Canada  Revenue 
Agency  (“CRA”)  for  a  total  of  $199 million  related  to  transfer  pricing  for  2003  through  2008.  Payments  of  most  of  the 
assessments to the CRA have been made to stop the accrual of interest. We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax 
Court  of  Canada  and  have  filed  a  notice  of  objection  for  2004  through  2007,  and  are  in  the  process  of  filing  a  notice  of 
objection  for  2008.  The  trial  between  McKesson  Canada  Corporation  and  the  CRA,  argued  in  the  Tax  Court  of  Canada, 
concluded  in  early  February  2012,  and  we  are  waiting  for  the  decision.  We  continue  to  believe  in  the  merits  of  our  tax 
positions  and  that  we  have  adequately  provided  for  any  potential  adverse  results  relating  to  these  examinations  in  our 
financial  statements.  However,  the  final  resolution  of  these  issues  could  result  in  an  increase  or  decrease  to  income  tax 
expense. 

Discontinued  Operation:  In  July  2010,  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  sold  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  MAP,  a 
provider of phone and web-based healthcare services in Australia and New Zealand, for net sales proceeds of $109 million. 
The divestiture generated a pre-tax and after-tax gain of $95 million and $72 million. As a result of the sale, we were able to 
utilize capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded a valuation allowance of $15 million. The release of the 
valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our after-tax gain on the divestiture. The after-tax gain on disposition was 
recorded as a discontinued operation in our consolidated statement of operations in 2011. The historical financial operating 
results and net assets of MAP were not material to our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.  

Net  Income:    Net  income  was  $1,338  million,  $1,403  million  and  $1,202  million  in  2013,  2012  and  2011  and  diluted 
earnings per common share were $5.59, $5.59 and $4.57. Net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2013, 2012 
and 2011 include after-tax AWP litigation charges of $45 million, $60 million and $149 million, or $0.19, $0.24 and $0.57 
per diluted common share. Net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2011 also included an after-tax gain of $72 
million, or $0.28 per diluted share relating to our sale of MAP.  

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding:  Diluted earnings per common share was calculated based on a 
weighted average number of shares outstanding of 239 million, 251 million and 263 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011. The 
decreases  in  the  number  of  weighted  average  diluted  common  shares  outstanding  primarily reflect  the  cumulative  effect  of 
share repurchases over the past three years, partially offset by the exercise and settlement of share-based awards. 

International Operations 

International operations accounted for 8.3%, 8.6% and 8.9% of 2013, 2012 and 2011 consolidated revenues. International 
operations  are  subject  to  certain  risks,  including  currency  fluctuations.  We  monitor  our  operations  and  adopt  strategies 
responsive  to  changes  in  the  economic  and  political  environment  in  each  of  the  countries  in  which  we  operate.  Additional 
information  regarding  our  international  operations  is  also  included  in  Financial  Note  25,  “Segments  of  Business,”  to  the 
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

37 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Business Combinations 

Fiscal 2013 

In addition to our April 2012 acquisition of the remaining 50% ownership interest in our corporate headquarters building 
located in San Francisco, California, on February 22, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of PSS World Medical, 
Inc. (“PSS World Medical”) of Jacksonville, Florida for $29.00 per share plus the assumption of PSS World Medical's debt, 
or  approximately  $1.9  billion  in  aggregate,  consisting  of  cash  consideration  of  $1.3  billion,  net  of  cash  acquired,  and  the 
assumption of long-term debt with a fair value of $0.6 billion. The cash paid at acquisition was funded from cash on hand and 
the  issuance  of  long-term  debt.  PSS  World  Medical  markets  and  distributes  medical  products  and  services  throughout  the 
United States. The acquisition of PSS World Medical expands our existing Medical-Surgical business. Financial results for 
PSS World Medical since the acquisition date are included in the results of operations for the fourth quarter and year ended 
March 31, 2013 within our Medical-Surgical distributions and services business, which is part of our Distribution Solutions 
segment. 

Fiscal 2012 

On  March  25,  2012,  we  acquired  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Drug  Trading  Company  Limited,  the  independent 
banner business of the Katz Group Canada Inc. (“Katz Group”), and Medicine Shoppe Canada Inc., the franchise business of 
the Katz Group (collectively, “Katz Assets”) for $925 million, which was funded from cash on hand. The acquisition of the 
assets  from  the  Drug  Trading  Company  Limited  consists  of  a  marketing  and  purchasing  arm  of  independently  owned 
pharmacies  in  Canada.  The  acquisition  of  Medicine  Shoppe  Canada  Inc.  consists  of  the  franchise  business  of  providing 
services to independent pharmacies in Canada. Financial results for the acquired Katz Assets have been included in the results 
of  operations  within  our  Canadian  pharmaceutical  distribution  and  services  business,  which  is  part  of  our  Distribution 
Solutions segment, beginning in the first quarter of 2013. 

Fiscal 2011 

On  December  30,  2010,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  US  Oncology  for  approximately  $2.1  billion, 
consisting of cash consideration of $0.2 billion, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of liabilities with a fair value of $1.9 
billion.  The  cash  paid  at  acquisition  was  funded  from  cash  on  hand.  As  an  integrated  oncology  company,  US  Oncology  is 
affiliated with community-based oncologists,  and works with patients, hospitals, payers and the  medical industry across all 
phases  of  the  cancer  research  and  delivery  continuum.  The  acquisition  of  US  Oncology  expands  our  existing  specialty 
pharmaceutical  distribution  business  and  adds  practice  management  services  for  oncologists.  Financial  results  for  US 
Oncology have been included in the results of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment beginning in the fourth 
quarter of 2011.  

During  the  last  three  years,  we  also  completed  a  number  of  other  smaller  acquisitions  within  both  of  our  operating 
segments.  Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  since 
their respective acquisition dates. Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated based on estimated fair 
values at the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. However, 
if we acquire the assets of a company, the goodwill may be deductible for tax purposes. The pro forma results of operations 
for  our  business  acquisitions  and  the  results  of  operations  for  these  acquisitions  since  the  acquisition  date  have  not  been 
presented because the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate 
basis.  

Refer to Financial Notes 2 and 14, “Business Combinations” and “Debt and Financing Activities,” to the consolidated 

financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 

2014 Outlook 

Information regarding the Company's 2014 outlook is contained in our Form 8-K dated May 7, 2013.  This Form 8-K 
should be read in conjunction with the sections Item 1 - Business - Forward-Looking Statements and Item 1A - Risk Factors 
in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

38 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that were 
uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could have used in the 
current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, could have a 
material impact on our financial condition or results from operations. Below are the estimates that we believe are critical to 
the understanding of our operating results and financial condition. Other accounting policies are described in Financial Note 
1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: We provide short-term credit and other customer financing arrangements to customers 
who purchase our products and services. Other customer financing primarily relates to guarantees provided to our customers, 
or  their  creditors,  regarding  the  repurchase  of  inventories.  We  also  provide  financing  to  certain  customers  related  to  the 
purchase of pharmacies, which serve as collateral for the loans. We estimate the receivables for which we do not expect full 
collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge regarding the current creditworthiness of our customers 
and record an allowance in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts.  

In  determining  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which  includes  portfolio  and  specific  reserves,  the 
Company reviews accounts receivable aging, industry trends, customer financial strength, credit standing, historical write-off 
trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection. If the frequency and severity of customer defaults due to 
our  customers'  financial  condition  or  general  economic  conditions  change,  our  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  may 
require  adjustment.  As  a  result,  we  continuously  monitor  outstanding  receivables  and  other  customer  financing  and  adjust 
allowances  for  accounts  where  collection  may  be  in  doubt.  During  2013,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for 
approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our largest customer, CVS Caremark Corporation ("CVS"), 
accounted for approximately 17% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2013, trade accounts receivable from our 
ten largest customers were approximately 44% of total trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS and Wal-
Mart Stores, Inc. ("Walmart") were approximately 16% and 10% of total trade accounts receivable. As a result, our sales and 
credit  concentration  is  significant.  A  default  in  payments,  a  material  reduction  in  purchases  from  these,  or  any  other  large 
customer or the loss of a large customer could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations 
and liquidity.  

Reserve  methodologies  are  assessed  annually  based  on  historical  losses  and  economic,  business  and  market  trends.  In 
addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present. We believe the reserves 
maintained  and  expenses  recorded  in  2013  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  historical  methodologies  employed.  At  this 
time, we are not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead to a significant increase in the foreseeable 
future in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net revenue. 

At March 31, 2013, trade and notes receivables were $8,853 million prior to allowances of $121 million. In 2013, 2012 
and  2011  our  provision  for  bad  debts  was  $28 million,  $30  million  and  $18 million.  At  March 31,  2013  and  2012,  the 
allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables was 1.4% and 1.3%. An increase or decrease of a hypothetical 0.1% 
in the 2013 allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables would result in an increase or decrease in the provision 
for bad debts of approximately $9 million. The selected 0.1% hypothetical change does not reflect what could be considered 
the  best  or  worst  case  scenarios.  Additional  information  concerning  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  may  be  found  in 
Schedule II included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Inventories:  We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”). Inventories for our Distribution Solutions 
segment consist of merchandise held for resale. For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of the cost of domestic 
inventories is determined using the LIFO method. Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of computer hardware 
with cost generally determined by the standard cost method, which approximates average cost. Rebates, cash discounts and 
other  incentives  received  from  vendors  relating  to  the  purchase  or  distribution  of  inventory  are  considered  as  product 
discounts and are accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recognized when the inventory is sold. Total 
inventories were $10.3 billion and $10.1 billion at March 31, 2013 and 2012.  

39 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The LIFO method was used to value approximately 80% and 88% of our inventories at March 31, 2013 and 2012. At 
March 31,  2013  and  2012,  our  LIFO  reserves,  net  of  LCM  adjustments,  were  $120 million  and  $107 million.  Our  LIFO 
valuation amount includes both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized net 
LIFO expense of $13 million, $11 million and $3 million within our consolidated statements of operations, which related to 
our  non-pharmaceutical  products.  A  LIFO  expense  is  recognized  when  the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory exceeds the impact of price declines and shifts towards 
generic pharmaceuticals, including the effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. A LIFO 
credit is recognized when the net effect of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals exceeds the impact of 
price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory.  

We believe that the average inventory costing method provides a reasonable estimation of the current cost of replacing 
inventory (i.e., “market”). As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or market. Primarily due to historical 
net deflation in our pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical inventories at LIFO were $60 million and $76 million higher 
than market as of March 31, 2013 and 2012. As a result, we recorded a LCM credit of $16 million and $80 million in 2013 
and 2012 within our consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market. During 2013 and 2012, 
we  began  to  experience  a  modest  net  inflationary  trend  in  our  pharmaceuticals  indices,  as  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals  exceeded  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  toward  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the  effect  of 
branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. In 2014, we expect this trend to continue. As a result, we 
may recognize an increase in net LIFO expense in 2014. 

In  determining  whether  inventory  valuation  issues  exist,  we  consider  various  factors  including  estimated  quantities  of 
slow-moving  inventory  by  reviewing  on-hand  quantities,  outstanding  purchase  obligations  and  forecasted  sales.  Shifts  in 
market trends and conditions, changes in customer preferences due to the introduction of generic drugs or new pharmaceutical 
products or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could affect the value of our inventories. We write 
down  inventories,  which  are  considered  excess  and  obsolete,  as  a  result  of  these  reviews.  These  factors  could  make  our 
estimates of inventory valuation differ from actual results.  

Business Combinations:  We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires 
that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess 
of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  Acquisition-related 
expenses and related restructuring costs are expensed as incurred.  

Several  valuation  methods  may  be  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  For 
intangible assets, we typically use the income method. This method starts with a forecast of all of the expected future net cash 
flows for each asset. These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects 
the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the 
income method or other methods include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate selected to 
measure  the  risks  inherent  in  the  future  cash  flows  and  the  assessment  of  the  asset's  life  cycle  and  the  competitive  trends 
impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal, regulatory, or economic barriers to entry. Determining the 
useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives 
and  certain  assets  may  even  be  considered  to  have  indefinite  useful  lives.  Refer  to  Financial  Note  2,  “Business 
Combinations,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional 
information regarding our acquisitions.  

Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets:    As  a  result  of  acquiring  businesses,  we  have  $6,405  million  and  $5,032  million  of 
goodwill at March 31, 2013 and 2012 and $2,270 million and $1,750 million of intangible assets, net at March 31, 2013 and 
2012. We maintain goodwill assets on our books unless the assets are considered to be impaired. We perform an impairment 
test  on  goodwill  balances  annually  in  the  fourth  quarter  or  more  frequently  if  indicators  for  potential  impairment  exist. 
Indicators  that  are  considered  include  significant  changes  in  performance  relative  to  expected  operating  results,  significant 
changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, or a significant decline in the Company's 
stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time.  

40 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Impairment testing is conducted at the reporting unit level, which is generally defined as a component — one level below 
our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete financial information is available 
and  segment  management  regularly  reviews  the  operating  results  of  that  reporting  unit.  Components  that  have  essentially 
similar operations, products, services, customers and operating margin are aggregated as a single reporting unit. Management 
judgment is involved in determining which components may be combined and changes in these combinations could affect the 
outcome of the testing.  

The first step in goodwill testing requires us to compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. 
This step may be performed utilizing either a qualitative or quantitative assessment. If the carrying value of the reporting unit 
is lower than its estimated fair value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher 
than its estimated fair value, the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. Under the second 
step, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated in a hypothetical analysis by subtracting the fair value of all assets and 
liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit,  including  any  unrecognized  intangibles  assets,  from  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit 
calculated in the first step of the impairment test. If the carrying value of goodwill for the reporting unit exceeds the implied 
fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for that excess.  

To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we use a combination of the market approach and the income approach. 
Under the market approach, we estimate fair value by comparing the business to similar businesses, or guideline companies 
whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Under the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow model in 
which cash flows anticipated over several periods, plus a terminal value at the end of that time horizon, are discounted to their 
present value using an appropriate expected rate of return. In addition, we compare the aggregate of the reporting units' fair 
values to our market capitalization as further corroboration of the fair values. 

Some of the  more significant  estimates and assumptions inherent in the goodwill impairment estimation  process using 
the market approach include the selection of appropriate guideline companies, the determination of market value multiples for 
both the guideline companies and the reporting unit, the determination of applicable premiums and discounts based on any 
differences in marketability between the business and the guideline companies and for the income approach, the required rate 
of return used in the discounted cash flow method, which reflects capital market conditions and the specific risks associated 
with  the  business.  Other  estimates  inherent  in  both  the  market  and  income  approaches  include  long-term  growth  rates, 
projected revenues and earnings and cash flow forecasts for the reporting units.  

Estimates of fair value result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily 
on  estimates  and  assumptions  at  a  point  in  time.  Judgments  made  in  determining  an  estimate  of  fair  value  may  materially 
impact our results of operations. The valuations are based on information available as of the impairment review date and are 
based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Any changes in key assumptions, 
including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, 
may  affect  the  accuracy  or  validity  of  such  estimates  and  could  potentially  result  in  an  impairment  charge.  In  2013,  we 
recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $36 million in our Technology Solutions segment. In 2012 and 2011, we concluded 
that there were no impairments of goodwill as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.  

Currently, all of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to twenty years.  We review intangible assets for impairment whenever events 
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.   Determination  of 
recoverability is based on the lowest level of identifiable estimated future undiscounted cash flows resulting from use of the 
asset and its eventual disposition.  Measurement of any impairment loss is based on the excess of the carrying value of the 
asset  over  its  fair  value.   Assumptions  and  estimates  about  future  values  and  remaining  useful  lives  of  our  purchased 
intangible assets are complex and subjective.  They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as 
industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. There 
were no material impairments of intangibles in 2013, 2012 or 2011.  Our ongoing consideration of all the factors described 
previously could result in impairment charges in the future, which could adversely affect our net income. 

41 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Supplier  Reserves:  We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and  rebate 
incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.  These  reserve  estimates  are 
established  based  on  judgment  after  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims,  historical  experience  with  the 
suppliers, the specific incentive programs and any other pertinent information available. We evaluate the amounts due from 
suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances. 
As  of  March  31,  2013  and  2012,  supplier  reserves  were  $164 million  and  $115 million.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any 
outstanding claims may be different from our estimate. All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2013 and 2012 pertain to our 
Distribution Solutions segment. An increase or decrease in the supplier reserve as a hypothetical 0.1% of trade payables at 
March 31, 2013 would result in an increase or decrease in the cost of sales of approximately $16 million in 2013. The selected 
0.1% hypothetical change does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios.  

Income Taxes:  Our income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect  management's best assessment of 
estimated current and future taxes to be paid. We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. 
Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated  income  tax  provision  and  in  evaluating 
income tax uncertainties. We review our tax positions at the end of each quarter and adjust the balances as new information 
becomes available. 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue 
and  expense.  In  evaluating  our  ability  to  recover  our  deferred  tax  assets,  we  consider  all  available  positive  and  negative 
evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative net operating losses in the most recent years and our 
forecast  of  future  taxable  income.  In  estimating  future  taxable  income,  we  develop  assumptions  including  the  amount  of 
future  federal,  state  and  foreign  pre-tax  operating  income,  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  and  the  implementation  of 
feasible  and  prudent  tax  planning  strategies.  These  assumptions  require  significant  judgment  about  the  forecasts  of  future 
taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. We had deferred 
income  tax  assets  (net  of  valuation  allowances)  of  $1,247  million  and  $1,335  million  at  March  31,  2013  and  2012  and 
deferred tax liabilities of $3,114 million and $2,495 million. Deferred tax assets primarily consist of timing differences on our 
compensation and benefit related accruals and net loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax liabilities primarily consist of 
basis  differences  for  inventory  valuation  (including  inventory  valued  at  LIFO)  and  other  assets.  We  established  valuation 
allowances of $118 million and $101 million for 2013 and 2012  against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relate to 
federal, state and foreign loss carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain. Changes in tax 
laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Should tax laws change, including 
those laws pertaining to LIFO, our cash flows could be materially impacted.  

In  addition,  the  calculation  of  our  tax  liabilities  includes  estimates  for  uncertainties  in  the  application  of  complex  tax 
regulations across multiple global jurisdictions where we conduct our operations. We recognize liabilities for tax and related 
interest for issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional 
taxes and related interest will be due. These tax liabilities and related interest are reflected net of the impact of related tax loss 
carryforwards, as such tax loss carryforwards will be applied against these tax liabilities and will reduce the amount of cash 
tax payments due upon the eventual settlement with the tax authorities. These estimates may change due to changing facts and 
circumstances; however, due to the complexity of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a settlement that 
differs from our current estimate of tax liabilities and related interest. If our current estimate of tax and interest liabilities is 
less than the ultimate settlement, an additional charge to income tax expense  may result. If our current estimate of tax and 
interest liabilities is more than the ultimate settlement, income tax benefits may be recognized. 

If our assumptions and estimates described above were to change, an increase/decrease of 1% in our effective tax rate as 
applied to income from continuing operations would have increased/decreased tax expense by approximately $19 million, or 
$0.08 per diluted share, for 2013.  

Share-Based Compensation: Our compensation programs include share-based compensation. We account for all share-
based compensation transactions using a fair-value based measurement method. The share-based compensation expense, for 
the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period.  

42 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

We  estimate  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  employee  stock  options  using  the  Black-Scholes  options-pricing  model.  Our 
estimates  of  employee  stock  option  values  rely  on  assumptions  we  input  into  the  model.  The  key  assumptions  involve 
estimates of future uncertain events. The key assumptions influencing the fair value estimates, among others, are the expected 
life of the option, the expected stock price volatility and the expected dividend yield. In determining the expected life of the 
option,  we  primarily  use  historical  experience  as  our  best  estimate  of  future  exercise  patterns.  We  use  a  combination  of 
historical  and  implied  market  volatility  to  determine  the  expected  stock  price  volatility  factor.  We  believe  that  the 
combination  of  both  historical  and  implied  volatility  provides  a  reasonable  estimate  of  our  future  stock  price  movements. 
Once the fair values of employee stock options are determined, accounting requirements do not permit them to be changed, 
even if the estimates used are different from actual experience. 

In addition, we develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will ultimately vest primarily based on 
historical  experience.  Changes  in  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate  can  have  a  material  effect  on  share-based  compensation 
expense. If the actual forfeiture rate materially differs from the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to revise 
the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase or decrease to the expense recognized in the financial statements. 
We  re-assess  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate  established  upon  grant  periodically  throughout  the  requisite  service  period. 
Forfeiture estimates are adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. The actual forfeitures in future reporting 
periods could be materially higher or lower than our current estimates. 

Our assessments of estimated share-based compensation expense are affected by our stock price as well as assumptions 
regarding a number of complex and subjective variables and the related tax impact. These variables include the volatility of 
our  stock  price,  employee  stock  option  exercise  behavior,  timing,  number  and  types  of  annual  share-based  awards,  the 
attainment  of  performance  goals  and  the  forfeiture  rates.  As  a  result,  future  share-based  compensation  expense  may  differ 
from the Company's historical amounts. 

Loss  Contingencies:  We  are  subject  to  various  claims,  other  pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  damages, 
investigations  relating  to  governmental  laws  and  regulations  and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  normal  conduct  of  our 
business.  When  a  loss  is  considered  probable  and  reasonably  estimable,  we  record  a  liability  in  the  amount  of  our  best 
estimate for the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to 
predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information 
available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of 
the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant 
developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss 
and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate 
cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided.  

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible 
that  the  amount  of  a  loss  will  exceed  the  recorded  provision.  We  review  all  contingencies  at  least  quarterly  to  determine 
whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of the loss can be 
made. As discussed above, development of a  meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex  when the 
outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system 
and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss 
and boundaries of high and low estimate. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

We  expect  our  available  cash  generated  from  operations,  together  with  our  existing  sources  of  liquidity  from  our 
accounts receivable sales facility, revolving credit facility and commercial paper issuance, will be sufficient to fund our long-
term and short-term capital expenditures, working capital and other cash requirements. In addition, we may access the long-
term debt capital markets from time-to-time.  

Net  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  was  $2,483  million in  2013  compared  to  $2,950  million  in  2012  and  $2,338 
million in 2011. Operating activities for 2013 were primarily affected by $483 million of payments made for AWP litigation 
settlements. 

43 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Operating activities for 2012 reflect an increase in drafts and accounts payable primarily associated with longer payment 
terms  for  certain  purchases,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  receivables  and  higher  inventories  primarily  associated  with 
revenue growth.  

Operating activities for 2011 reflect an increase in receivables primarily associated with revenue growth, partially offset 

by improved management of inventories and longer payment terms for certain purchases. 

Cash flows from operations can be significantly impacted by factors such as the timing of receipts from customers and 

payments to vendors. 

Net cash used in investing activities was $2,209 million in 2013 compared to $1,502 million in 2012 and $624 million in 
2011. Investing activities for 2013 included $1,873  million of cash payments for acquisitions, including $1,299  million for 
our  acquisition  of  PSS  World  Medical.  Investing  activities  in  2013  also  included  $246  million  and  $160  million  in  capital 
expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software.  

Investing activities for 2012 included $1,156 million of cash payments for acquisitions, including $919 million for our 
acquisition  of  the  Katz  Assets.  Investing  activities  in  2012  also  included  $225  million  and  $178  million  in  capital 
expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software.  

Investing  activities  for  2011  included  $292  million  of  cash  payments  for  acquisitions,  including  $244  million  for  our 
acquisition  of  US  Oncology,  and  $109  million  of  cash  received  from  the  sale  of  MAP.  Investing  activities  in  2011  also 
included $233 million and $155 million in capital expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software.  

Financing  activities  utilized  cash  of  $956  million  in  2013  compared  to  $1,905  million  in  2012  and  $1,841  million  in 
2011. Financing activities for 2013 include cash receipts of $1,325 million and cash paid of $1,725 million from short-term 
borrowings.  In  addition,  in  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  PSS  World  Medical,  we  borrowed  $900  million  for  bridge 
financing in February 2013, which was fully repaid in March 2013. Financing activities for 2013 also include cash receipts of 
$1,798  million  for  the  issuance  of  long-term  debt  and  cash  paid  of  $1,143  million for  repayments  of  long-term  debt.  In 
December  2012,  we  issued  $500  million  of  0.95%  Notes  due  2015  and  $400  million  of  2.70%  Notes  due  2022.  In  March 
2013,  we  issued  $500  million  of  1.40%  Notes  due  2018  and  $400  million  of  2.85%  Notes  dues  2023.  Long-term  debt 
repayments  include  $500  million  paid  on  the  maturity  of  our  5.25%  Notes  due  in  March  2013  and  $635  million  paid  to 
redeem  the  debt  acquired  on  the  acquisition  of  PSS  World  Medical.  Additionally,  financing  activities  for  2013  included 
$1,214 million of cash paid for stock repurchases and $194 million of dividends paid. 

Financing activities for 2012 included $1,874 million of cash paid for share repurchases, $400 million of cash paid on the 
maturity of our 7.75% Notes in February 2012, $195 million of dividends paid, $400 million of cash receipts from secured 
borrowings and $167 million of cash receipts from employees' exercises of stock options.  

Financing  activities  for  2011  reflect  $1,689  million  of  cash  received  from  the  issuance  of  long-term  debt.  In  February 
2011, we issued $600 million of 3.25% notes due 2016, $600 million of 4.75% notes due 2021, and $500 million of 6.00% 
notes due 2041. Net proceeds from the issuance of the long-term notes, after discounts and offering expenses, were used to 
pay off the $1,730 million of debt assumed as part of the acquisition of US Oncology. Also as part of our acquisition of US 
Oncology, we borrowed $1,000 million for bridge financing which was fully repaid by February 2011. Financing activities 
for  2011  also  included  $2,050  million  of  cash  paid  for  share  repurchases,  $171 million  of  cash  paid  for  dividends  and 
$367 million of cash receipts from employees' exercises of stock options. 

The  Company's  Board  has  authorized  the  repurchase  of  McKesson's  common  stock  from  time-to-time  in  open  market 
transactions,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  through  accelerated  share  repurchase  (“ASR”)  programs,  or  by  any 
combination of such methods. The timing of any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a 
variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and 
other market and economic conditions.  

44 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The Board authorized the repurchase of the Company's common stock as follows: $1.0 billion in April 2010, $1.0 billion 
in October 2010, $1.0 billion in April 2011, $650 million in January 2012, $700 million in April 2012 and $500 million in 
January  2013.  Total  share  repurchases  transacted  through  ASR  programs  and  open  market  transactions  over  the  last  three 
years were as follows: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Number of shares repurchased (1) 
Average price paid per share 
Total value of shares repurchased (1) 

(1)  Excludes shares surrendered for tax withholding. 

Years Ended March 31,

2013

2012 

2011

13   
100.82    $ 
1,159    $ 

$
$

20   
83.47    $
1,850    $

29
69.62
2,032

The total authorization outstanding for repurchases of the Company's common stock was $340 million at March 31, 2013. 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we retired 1.8 million shares repurchased for $217 million by the Company.   The retired 
shares  constitute  authorized  but  unissued  shares.  We  elected  to  allocate  any  excess  of  share  repurchase  price  over  par  value 
between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. As such, $195 million was recorded as a decrease to retained earnings. 

We believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets and current access to capital and credit markets, including our 
existing credit facilities, will give us the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. However, there can be 
no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our 
liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. 

Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources: 

(Dollars in millions) 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital 
Debt, net of cash and cash equivalents 
Debt to capital ratio (1) 
Net debt to net capital employed (2) 
Return on stockholders' equity (3) 

$

2013

   $

2,456   
1,813   
2,417   
40.8 %   
25.5   
18.3   

March 31,  

2012 

   $ 

3,149   
1,917   
831   
36.8 %   
10.8   
19.7   

2011

3,612   
3,631   
392   
35.7 %
5.1   
16.9   

(1)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by the sum of total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(2)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by the sum of net debt and stockholders’ equity (“net 

capital employed”). 

(3)  Ratio is computed as net income for the last four quarters, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

Cash equivalents, which are available-for-sale, are carried at fair value. Cash equivalents are primarily invested in AAA rated 
prime and U.S. government money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars, Canadian government securities, overnight repurchase 
agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury bonds, Canadian government securities and/or securities that are guaranteed or sponsored 
by the U.S. government and an AAA rated prime money market fund denominated in British pound sterling. 

The remaining cash and cash equivalents are deposited with several financial institutions. Deposits at U.S. banks exceed the 
amount  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  We  mitigate  the  risk  of  our  short-term  investment  portfolio  by 
depositing funds with reputable financial institutions and monitoring risk profiles and investment strategies of money market funds. 

Our  cash  and  equivalents  balance  as  of  March  31,  2013  included  approximately  $1.5  billion  of  cash  held  by  our 
subsidiaries outside of the United States. Our primary intent is to utilize this cash in the foreign operations as well as to fund 
certain research and development activities for an indefinite period of time.  Although the vast majority of cash held outside 
the United States is available for repatriation, doing so could subject us to U.S. federal, state and local income tax.  During the 
fourth quarter of 2011 and pursuant to IRS regulations, we temporarily borrowed and repaid $1.0 billion of cash held by our 
subsidiaries outside the United States.  The duration of this temporary loan to the United States was less than 60 days. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Working  capital  primarily  includes  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables  and  inventories  net  of  drafts  and  accounts 
payable, short-term borrowings, deferred revenue and other current liabilities. Our Distribution Solutions segment requires a 
substantial  investment  in  working  capital  that  is  susceptible  to  large  variations  during  the  year  as  a  result  of  inventory 
purchase patterns and seasonal demands. Inventory purchase activity is a function of sales activity and other requirements.  

Consolidated  working  capital  decreased  at  March  31,  2013  compared  to  March  31,  2012  primarily  due  to  decrease  in 
cash and cash equivalents balance. Consolidated working capital decreased at March 31, 2012 compared to March 31, 2011, 
primarily  due  to  increases  in  drafts  and  accounts  payable  and  other  accrued  liabilities,  partially  offset  by  increases  in 
receivables and inventories. 

Our ratio of net debt to net capital employed increased at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012 primarily due to 
lower cash and cash equivalents balance. Our ratio of net debt to net capital employed increased at March 31, 2012 compared 
to March 31, 2011 primarily due to a lower cash and cash equivalents balance. 

In April 2011, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.18 to $0.20 per common share for dividends declared after such 
date, until further action by the Board. Dividends were $0.80 per share in 2013 and 2012, and $0.72 per share in 2011. The 
Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, the payment and amount of 
future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the  Company's  future  earnings,  financial 
condition, capital requirements and other factors. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we paid total cash dividends of $194 million, $195 
million and $171 million. 

Contractual Obligations: 

The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2013: 

(In millions) 

On balance sheet 
Long-term debt (1) 
Other  (2) 

Off balance sheet 
Interest on borrowings (3) 
Purchase obligations  (4) 
Operating lease obligations (5)  
Other (6) 
Total 

Total

   Within 1

   Over 1 to 3    Over 3 to 5 

After 5

Years 

$ 

4,873    $
465   

352    $
27   

1,101    $
203   

1,001    $ 
79   

2,419
156

1,841   
473   
851   
280   

200   
423   
213   
153   

353   
50   
283   
78   

280   
—   
153   
1   

$ 

8,783    $

1,368    $

2,068    $

1,514    $ 

1,008
—
202
48

3,833

(1)  Represents maturities of the Company's long-term obligations including an immaterial amount of capital lease obligations.  
(2)  Represents our estimated benefit payments, including assumed executive lump sum payments, for the unfunded benefit plans and minimum 
funding requirements for the pension plans. Actual lump sum payments could significantly differ from the estimated amounts depending on 
the timing of executive retirements and the lump sum interest rate in effect upon retirement. 
(3)  Primarily represents interest that will become due on our fixed rate long-term debt obligations. 
(4)  A purchase obligation is defined as an arrangement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on the Company. 

These obligations primarily relate to inventory purchases, capital commitments and service agreements.  

(5)  Represents minimum rental payments for operating leases. 
(6) 

Includes  agreements  with  certain  of  our  Canadian  customers'  financial  institutions  under  which  we  have  guaranteed  the  repurchase  of  our 
customers' inventory of $155 million and our customers' debt of $53 million in the event these customers are unable to meet their obligations 
to those financial institutions. 

At  March  31,  2013,  the  liability  recorded  for  uncertain  tax  positions,  excluding  associated  interest  and  penalties,  was 
approximately $453  million. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot  be predicted with 
reasonable certainty, the estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. 

In addition, at March 31, 2013, our banks and insurance companies have issued $98 million of standby letters of credit and 
surety  bonds,  which  were  issued  on  our  behalf  mostly  related  to  our  customer  contracts  and  in  order  to  meet  the  security 
requirements  for  statutory  licenses  and  permits,  court  and  fiduciary  obligations  and  our  workers'  compensation  and  automotive 
liability programs.  

46 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Credit Resources: 

We fund our working capital requirements primarily with cash and cash equivalents, as well as short-term  borrowings 

under the accounts receivable sales facility, revolving credit facility and from commercial paper issuances.  

Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility 

In connection with our acquisition of PSS World Medical, in December 2012 we entered into a $2.1 billion unsecured 
Senior  Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  (“2013  Bridge  Loan”).  In  February  2013,  we  reduced  the  2013  Bridge  Loan 
commitment to $900 million. On February 22, 2013, we borrowed $900 million under the 2013 Bridge Loan. The proceeds 
from the 2013 Bridge Loan and our existing cash on hand were used to redeem the assumed debt from PSS World Medical 
and pay the equity shareholders of PSS World Medical. On March 8, 2013, we repaid the 2013 Bridge Loan with the funds 
obtained from the issuance of long-term debt and the 2013 Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated. During the time it 
was outstanding, the 2013 Bridge Loan balance bore interest of 1.20% per annum, based on the London Interbank Offered 
Rate plus a margin based on the Company's credit rating. Corporate interest expense for 2013 includes $11 million related to 
fees incurred on the 2013 Bridge Loan.  

In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010 we entered into a $2.0 
billion  unsecured  Senior  Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  (“2011  Bridge  Loan”).  In  December  2010,  we  reduced  the  2011 
Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the 2011 Bridge Loan. On 
February 28, 2011, we repaid the 2011 Bridge Loan with the funds obtained from the issuance of long-term debt and the 2011 
Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  was  terminated.  During  the  time  it  was  outstanding,  the  2011  Bridge  Loan  bore  interest  of 
1.76%  per  annum,  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  plus  a  margin  based  on  the  Company's  credit  rating. 
Corporate Interest expense for 2011 includes $25 million related to fees incurred on the 2011 Bridge Loan. 

PSS World Medical Debt Acquired 

Upon our purchase of PSS World Medical in February 2013, we assumed the outstanding debt of PSS World Medical. 
Prior to our acquisition, PSS World Medical called for redemption of all its outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2022. Due 
to the change in control provisions of the 3.125% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014, the notes were convertible to cash at 
the option of the note holders. All the note holders opted to receive cash. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we redeemed both of 
these notes, including accrued interest for $643 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our 2013 Bridge Loan. 

US Oncology Debt Acquired 

Upon our purchase of US Oncology in December 2010, we assumed the outstanding debt of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. 
and its wholly-owned subsidiary US Oncology, Inc. Immediately prior to our acquisition, US Oncology Holdings, Inc. called 
for redemption of all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012 and US Oncology, Inc. called 
for redemption of all of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 
2014.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  we  paid  interest  of  $50  million  and  redeemed  these  notes,  including  the  remaining 
accrued interest for $1,738 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our 2011 Bridge Loan. 

Long-Term Debt 

On  March  8,  2013,  we  issued  1.40%  notes  due  March 15,  2018  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $500 million  and 
2.85%  notes  due  March 15,  2023  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $400 million.  Interest  on  these  notes  is  payable  on 
March  15  and  September  15  of  each  year  beginning  on  September 15,  2013. We  utilized  net  proceeds,  after  discounts  and 
offering expenses, of $891 million from the issuance of these notes to repay borrowings under the 2013 Bridge Loan. 

On December 4, 2012, we issued 0.95% notes due December 4, 2015 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million 
(“Notes due 2015”) and 2.70% notes due December 15, 2022 in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million (“Notes due 
2022”). Interest on the Notes due 2015 is payable on June 4 and December 4 of each year beginning on June 4, 2013 and on 
the  Notes  due  2022  is  payable  on  June  15  and  December  15  of  each  year  beginning  on  June 15,  2013.  We  utilized  net 
proceeds,  after  discounts  and  offering  expenses,  of  $892 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  for  general  corporate 
purposes and replenishing working capital that was used to repay long-term debt that matured in February 2012 and in March 
2013. 

47 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

On  February  28,  2011,  we  issued  3.25%  notes  due  March  1,  2016  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $600  million, 
4.75% notes due on March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00% notes dues March 1, 2041 in 
an aggregate principal amount of $500 million. Interest on these notes is paid on March 1 and September 1 of each year. We 
utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses,  of $1,673  million from the issuance of these  notes for general 
corporate purposes, including the repayment of borrowings under the 2011 Bridge Loan. 

We repaid our $500 million 5.25% Notes on March 1, 2013 and our $400 million 7.75% Notes on February 1, 2012, both 

of which had matured. 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In  May  2012,  we  renewed  our  existing  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  (the  “Facility”)  for  a  one  year  period  under 
terms substantially similar to those previously in place. The committed balance of the Facility is $1.35 billion, although from 
time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than $1.35 billion based on accounts receivable concentration 
limits and other eligibility requirements. The renewed Facility will expire in May 2013. We anticipate extending or renewing 
the Facility before its expiration. 

There  were  no  borrowings  in  2011  under  the  Facility.  During  2012,  we  borrowed  $400 million  under  the  Facility.  At 
March 31, 2012, there were $400 million in secured borrowings and $400 million of related securitized accounts receivable 
outstanding  under  the  Facility,  which  are  included  in  short-term  borrowings  and  receivables  in  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets.  During  the  first  quarter  of  2013,  these  short-term  borrowings  were  repaid  using  cash  on  hand.  In  addition,  during 
2013, we borrowed a total of $1,325 million under the Facility, all of which was repaid during the year using cash on hand. At 
March 31, 2013, there were no secured borrowings and related securitized accounts receivable outstanding under the Facility. 

Revolving Credit Facility 

In September 2011, we renewed our existing syndicated $1.3 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility. 
This  renewed  credit  facility  has  terms  and  conditions  substantially  similar  to  those  previously  in  place  and  matures  in 
September 2016. Borrowings under this renewed credit facility bear interest based upon either the London Interbank Offered 
Rate or a prime rate. There were no borrowings under this credit facility during 2013, 2012 and 2011. As of March 31, 2013 
and 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility.  

Commercial Paper 

There were no commercial paper issuances during 2013, 2012 and 2011 and no amounts outstanding at March 31, 2013 

and 2012.  

Debt Covenants 

Our various borrowing facilities and long-term debt are subject to certain covenants. Our principal debt covenant is our 
debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%. For the purpose of calculating 
this  ratio,  borrowings  under  the  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  are  excluded.  If  we  exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt 
outstanding under the revolving credit facility could be accelerated. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with our 
financial covenants. A reduction in our credit ratings, or the lack of compliance with our covenants, could negatively impact 
our ability to finance operations or issue additional debt at acceptable interest rates. 

Funds  necessary  for  future  debt  maturities  and  our  other  cash  requirements  are  expected  to  be  met  by  existing  cash 

balances, cash flow from operations, existing credit sources and other capital market transactions.  

Additional  information  regarding  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  is  included  in  Financial  Notes  1  and  14, 
“Significant Accounting Policies” and “Debt and Financing Activities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

48 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded) 

RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  

Information  regarding  our  related  party  balances  and  transactions  is  included  in  Financial  Note  24,  “Related  Party 

Balances and Transactions,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

New accounting pronouncements that we have recently adopted, as well as those that have been recently issued but not 
yet  adopted  by  us,  are  included  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Interest rate risk:  Our long-term debt bears interest predominately at fixed rates, whereas our short-term borrowings are 
at variable interest rates. If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt were to have changed by a 
hypothetical 50 bp in 2013, interest expense would not have been materially different from that reported.  

Our cash and cash equivalents balances earn interest at variable rates. Should interest rates decline, our interest income 
may  be  negatively  impacted.  If  the  underlying  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  balances 
changed  by  50  bp  in  2013,  interest  income  would  have  increased  or  decreased  by  approximately  $12 million.  The  selected 
hypothetical change in interest rates does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios. 

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the net fair value liability of financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk was 
approximately  $5.5 billion  and  $4.1  billion.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  our  long-term  debt  and  other  financing  was 
determined using quoted market prices and other inputs that were derived from available market information and may not be 
representative  of  actual  values  that  could  have  been  realized  or  that  will  be  realized  in  the  future.  Fair  value  is  subject  to 
fluctuations based on our performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of our stock and changes in interest rates for 
debt securities with similar terms.  

Foreign exchange risk:  We record revenues and earnings from Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European 
countries,  Israel  and  Mexico,  which  exposes  us  to  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates.  We  seek  to  manage  our  foreign 
exchange risk in part through  operational  means, including  managing same currency revenues in relation  to same currency 
costs, and same currency assets in relation to same currency liabilities. Foreign exchange risk is also managed through the use 
of foreign currency forward-exchange contracts. These contracts are used to offset the potential earnings effects from mostly 
intercompany foreign currency investments and loans. As of March 31, 2013, a hypothetical adverse 10% change in quoted 
foreign currency exchange rates would not have had a material impact on our net fair value of financial instruments that have 
exposure to foreign currency risk.  

49 

 
 
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
Financial Notes 

Page 
51 
52 

53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 

50 

  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The  management  of  McKesson  Corporation  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  an  adequate  system  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f). With  the 
participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an assessment of the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  and  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on  this  assessment,  our  management  has  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of 
March 31, 2013.  

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the financial statements included in 
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  has  also  audited  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of March 31, 2013. This audit report appears on page 52 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

May 7, 2013  

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

51 

  
 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of McKesson Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  McKesson  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, 
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2013. Our audits also 
included the consolidated financial statement schedule (“financial statement schedule”) listed in the Index at Item 15. We also 
have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management's  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and an 
opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all  material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's 
board  of  directors,  management,  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts  and expenditures of the company 
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the 
company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on 
a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of  McKesson  Corporation and  subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations  and 
their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March 31,  2013,  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when 
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, 
the  information  set  forth  therein.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March 31,  2013,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
San Francisco, California 
May 7, 2013 

52 

 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Revenues 
Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 
Operating Expenses 

Selling 
Distribution 
Research and development 
Administrative 
Litigation charges 
Gain on business combination 

Total Operating Expenses 

Operating Income 
Other Income, Net 
Impairment of an Equity Investment 
Interest Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes 

Income Tax Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations 

Discontinued Operation – gain on sale, net of tax 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale 

Total 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale 

Total 

Weighted Average Common Shares 

Diluted 
Basic 

Years Ended March 31,  

2013

2012 

2011

$

122,455    $
(115,471)   

122,734    $ 
(116,167)    

112,084
(106,114)

6,984   

6,567   

5,970

(805)   
(1,042)   
(480)   
(2,351)   
(72)   
81   

(4,669)   

2,315   
35   
(191)   
(240)   

1,919   
(581)   
1,338   
—   

(764)    
(997)    
(440)    
(2,068)    
(149)    
—   

(4,418)    

2,149   
21   
—   
(251)    

1,919   
(516)    
1,403   
—   

$

$

$

$

$

1,338    $

1,403    $ 

5.59    $
—   

5.59    $

5.71    $
—   

5.71    $

5.59    $ 
—   

5.59    $ 

5.70    $ 
—   

5.70    $ 

239   
235   

251   
246   

(767)
(920)
(407)
(1,842)
(213)
—

(4,149)

1,821
36
—
(222)

1,635
(505)
1,130
72

1,202

4.29
0.28

4.57

4.37
0.28

4.65

263
258

See Financial Notes 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In millions) 

Net Income 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

1,338   $ 

1,403   $

1,202

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax expense 

(benefit) of ($2), $2 and $2 

(52)   

(56 )   

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income tax benefit of nil, nil 

and nil 

Retirement related benefit plans, net of income tax expense (benefit) of 

($10), ($9) and $3 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax 

—   

(5 )   

(18)   
(70)   

(21 )   
(82 )   

76

—

5
81

Comprehensive Income 

$

1,268   $ 

1,321   $

1,283

See Financial Notes 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

Total Current Assets 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets, Net 
Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities 

Drafts and accounts payable 
Short-term borrowings 
Deferred revenue 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Other Noncurrent Liabilities 
Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 22) 
Stockholders’ Equity 

March 31,

2013 

2012

$

2,456    $ 
9,975   
10,335   
404   
23,170   
1,321   
6,405   
2,270   
1,620   

$

34,786    $ 

$

16,108    $ 
—   
1,359   
1,626   
352   
1,912   
21,357   

4,521   
1,838   

3,149
9,977
10,073
404
23,603
1,043
5,032
1,750
1,665

33,093

16,114
400
1,423
1,092
508
2,149
21,686

3,072
1,504

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, no shares issued or 

outstanding 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 800 shares authorized at March 31, 2013 and 2012, 

—   

—

376 and 373 shares issued at March 31, 2013 and 2012 

Additional Paid-in Capital 
Retained Earnings 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Other 
Treasury Shares, at Cost, 149 and 138 at March 31, 2013 and 2012 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

4   
6,078   
10,402   
(65)   
14   
(9,363)   
7,070   

$

34,786    $ 

4
5,571
9,451
5
4
(8,204)
6,831
33,093

See Financial Notes 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011  
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Common  
Stock 

Shares   Amount    

   Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Other 
Capital  

Retained 
Earnings  

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) 

Treasury 

Common 
Shares 

   Amount    

Stockholders' 
Equity 

Balances, March 31, 2010 

359   $ 

4    $ 

4,756   $

(12)   $ 7,236   $

6  

(88 )     $ (4,458 )     $

7,532

Issuance of shares under 

employee plans 

10     

Share-based compensation 

Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 

Other comprehensive 

income 

Net income 

Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.72 per common share 

Other 

370     

137     

113     

(17 )    

353

137

113

81

1,202

81     

1,202     

(37)     

(29 )    

(1,995 )    

(2,032)

(188)     

22     

(188)

22

Balances, March 31, 2011 

369   $ 

4    $ 

5,339   $

10   $ 8,250   $

87  

(117 )     $ (6,470 )     $

7,220

Issuance of shares under 

employee plans 

4     

Share-based compensation 

Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 

Other comprehensive loss 

Net income 

Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.80 per common share 

Other 

167     

154     

46     

(1 )    

(24 )    

143

154

46

(82)

1,403

(82)     

1,403     

(140)     

(20 )    

(1,710 )    

(1,850)

(202)     

5  

(6)     

(202)

(1)

Balances, March 31, 2012 

373   $ 

4    $ 

5,571   $

4   $ 9,451   $

5  

(138 )     $ (8,204 )     $

6,831

Issuance of shares under 

employee plans 

5     

Share-based compensation 

Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 

Other comprehensive loss 

Net income 

Repurchase of common 

stock 

Retirement of treasury stock 

(2)     

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.80 per common share 

Other 

166     

167     

34     

162     

(22)     

1,338     

(195)     

(192)     

10     

(70)     

(55 )    

111

167

34

(70)

1,338

(13 )    

(1,321 )    

(1,159)

2 

217 

—

(192)

10

Balances, March 31, 2013 

376   $ 

4    $ 

6,078   $

14   $ 10,402   $

(65)  

(149 )  $ (9,363 )  $

7,070

See Financial Notes 

56 

  
 
 
  
  
 
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
     
    
    
 
     
  
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
 
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
     
 
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
 
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
     
    
    
 
     
  
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
 
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
     
    
    
 
     
  
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
     
    
 
    
     
  
  
    
  
 
    
    
     
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Years Ended March 31,  
2012 

2011

2013

$

1,338    $ 
—   

1,403    $ 
—   

1,202
(72)

146   
445   
28   
606   
167   
(81)   
10   
191   
56   

326   
(59)   
(125)   
(25)   
(80)   
72   
(483)   
(49)   
2,483   

(246)   
(160)   
(1,873)   
—   
32   
38   
(2,209)   

2,225   
(2,625)   
1,798   
(1,143)   

140   
411   
30   
164   
154   
—   
—   
—   
66   

(770)    
(878)    
2,027   
66   
15   
149   
(26)    
(1)    
2,950   

(225)    
(178)    
(1,156)    
—   
(32)    
89   
(1,502)    

400   
—   
—   
(430)    

166   
(1,214)   
(194)   
31   
(956)   
(11)   
(693)   
3,149   
2,456    $ 

167   
(1,874)    
(195)    
27   
(1,905)    
(6)    
(463)    
3,612   
3,149    $ 

139
357
18
128
137
—
72
—
12

(673)
367
533
42
33
213
(26)
(144)
2,338

(233)
(155)
(292)
109
—
(53)
(624)

1,000
(1,000)
1,689
(1,730)

367
(2,050)
(171)
54
(1,841)
8
(119)
3,731
3,612

207    $ 
55   

228    $ 
337   

244
347

(635)    $ 

—    $ 

(1,891)

Operating Activities 
Net income 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale, net of tax 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Provision for bad debts 
Other deferred taxes 
Share-based compensation expense 
Gain on business combination 
Impairment of capitalized software held for sale 
Impairment of an equity investment 
Other non-cash items 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: 

Receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Taxes 

Litigation charges 
Litigation settlement payments 
Other 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing Activities 
Property acquisitions 
Capitalized software expenditures 
Acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Proceeds from sale of business 
Restricted cash for litigation charges 
Other 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing Activities 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
Repayments of short-term borrowings 
Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt 
Common stock transactions: 

Issuances 
Share repurchases, including shares surrendered for tax withholding 
Dividends paid 

Other 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information 
Cash paid for: 
Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

Non-cash item: 

Fair value of debt assumed on acquisition 

$

$

$

See Financial Notes 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES 

1.  Significant Accounting Policies 

Nature of Operations: McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar 
pronouns) delivers pharmaceuticals, medical supplies and healthcare information technology that make healthcare safer while 
reducing costs. We conduct our business through two operating segments, McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson 
Technology Solutions, as further described in Financial Note 25, “Segments of Business.” 

Basis of Presentation:  The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with 
U. S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”).  The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  McKesson  include  the 
financial  statements  of  all  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  majority-owned  or  controlled  companies.  We  also  evaluate  our 
ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if they are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), if we have a 
variable  interest  in  those  entities  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  those  interests.  These  evaluations  are  highly  complex  and 
involve  judgment  and  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  based  on  available  historical  information  and  management's 
judgment, among other factors. Based on our evaluations, if we determine we are the primary beneficiary of such VIEs we 
consolidate such entities into our financial statements. The consolidated VIEs are not material to our consolidated financial 
statements. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

Fiscal  Period:  The  Company's  fiscal  year  begins  on  April  1  and  ends  on  March  31.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all 

references to a particular year shall mean the Company's fiscal year. 

Reclassifications: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires that we make estimates 
and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual 
amounts could differ from those estimated amounts. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturity of three months or less 

at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents. 

Cash equivalents, which are available-for-sale, are carried at fair value. Cash equivalents are primarily invested in AAA 
rated  prime  and  U.S.  government  money  market  funds  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  Canadian  government  securities, 
overnight repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury bonds, Canadian government securities and/or securities that 
are  guaranteed  or  sponsored  by  the  U.S.  government  and  an  AAA  rated  prime  money  market  fund  denominated  in  British 
pound sterling. 

The remaining cash and cash equivalents are deposited with several financial institutions. Deposits at U.S. banks exceed 
the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We mitigate the risk of our short-term investment portfolio 
by  depositing  funds  with  reputable  financial  institutions  and  monitoring  risk  profiles  and  investment  strategies  of  money 
market funds. 

Restricted Cash: Cash that is subject to legal restrictions or is unavailable for general operating purposes is classified as 
restricted cash and is included within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets. At March 31, 2013 and 
2012  restricted cash was not material. 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale: We carry our marketable securities, which are available for sale, at fair value 
and they are included in prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets. The net unrealized gains and losses, 
net of the related tax effect, computed in marking these securities to market have been reported within stockholders' equity. At 
March 31, 2013 and 2012 marketable securities were not material. 

58 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Receivables: Our trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit risk with 
customers  primarily  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.  During  2013,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for 
approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our largest customer, CVS Caremark Corporation ("CVS"), 
accounted for approximately 17% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2013, trade accounts receivable from our 
ten largest customers were approximately 44% of total trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS and Wal-
Mart Stores, Inc. ("Walmart") were approximately 16% and 10% of total trade accounts receivable. As a result, our sales and 
credit concentration is significant. We also have agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), each of which 
functions  as  a  purchasing  agent  on  behalf  of  member  hospitals,  pharmacies  and  other  healthcare  providers.  The  accounts 
receivables balances are with individual members of the GPOs. A default in payment, a material reduction in purchases from 
these or any other large customers, or the loss of a large customer or customer groups could have a material adverse impact on 
our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  liquidity.  In  addition,  trade  receivables  are  subject  to  a  concentration  of 
credit risk with customers in the institutional, retail and healthcare provider sectors, which can be affected by a downturn in 
the economy and changes in reimbursement policies. This credit risk is mitigated by the size and diversity of the customer 
base as well  as its geographic  dispersion. We estimate the receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on 
historical collection rates and ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of our customers. An allowance is recorded in our 
consolidated financial statements for these amounts. 

Financing Receivables: We assess and monitor credit risk associated with financing receivables, namely lease and notes 
receivables, through regular review of our collection experience in determining our allowance for loan losses. On an ongoing 
basis,  we  also  evaluate  credit  quality  of  our  financing  receivables  utilizing  aging  of  receivables  and  write-offs,  as  well  as 
considering  existing  economic  conditions,  to  determine  if  an  allowance  is  necessary.   As  of  March 31,  2013  and  2012, 
financing receivables and the related allowance were not material to our consolidated financial statements. 

Inventories:  We  report  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  (“LCM”).  Inventories  for  our  Distribution  Solutions 
segment consist of merchandise held for resale. For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of the cost of domestic 
inventories is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of 
computer hardware with cost generally determined by the standard cost method, which approximates average cost. Rebates, 
cash discounts, and other incentives received from vendors are accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are 
recognized when the inventory is sold.  

The LIFO  method was used to value approximately 80% and 88% of our inventories at March 31, 2013 and 2012. At 
March 31, 2013  and  2012,  our  LIFO  reserves,  net  of  LCM  adjustments,  were  $120 million  and  $107 million.  Our  LIFO 
valuation amount includes both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized net 
LIFO expense of $13 million, $11 million and $3 million within our consolidated statements of operations, which related to 
our  non-pharmaceutical  products.  A  LIFO  expense  is  recognized  when  the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory exceeds the impact of price declines and shifts towards 
generic pharmaceuticals, including the effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. A LIFO 
credit is recognized when the net effect of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals exceeds the impact of 
price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory. 

We believe that the average inventory costing method provides a reasonable estimation of the current cost of replacing 
inventory (i.e., “market”). As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or market. Primarily due to historical 
net deflation in our pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical inventories at LIFO were $60 million and $76 million higher 
than market as of March 31, 2013 and 2012. As a result, we recorded a LCM credit of $16 million and $80 million in 2013 
and 2012 within our consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market.  

Shipping and Handling Costs: We include all costs to warehouse, pick, pack and deliver inventory to our customers in 

distribution expenses. 

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment:  We  state  our  property,  plant  and  equipment  at  cost  and  depreciate  them  under  the 
straight-line  method  at  rates  designed  to  distribute  the  cost  of  properties  over  estimated  service  lives  ranging  from  one  to 
thirty years. 

59 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Goodwill: Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators for 
potential  impairment  exist.  Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  generally  defined  as  a 
component — one level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete 
financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit. Components 
that  have  essentially  similar  operations,  products,  services,  customers  and  operating  margins  are  aggregated  as  a  single 
reporting unit.  

The first step in goodwill testing requires us to compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. 
This step may be performed utilizing either a qualitative or quantitative assessment. If the carrying value of the reporting unit 
is lower than its estimated fair value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher 
than its estimated fair value, the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. Under the second 
step, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated in a hypothetical analysis by subtracting the fair value of all assets and 
liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit,  including  any  unrecognized  intangible  assets,  from  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit 
calculated in the first step of the impairment test. If the carrying value of goodwill for the reporting unit exceeds the implied 
fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for that excess.  

To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we use a combination of the market approach and the income approach. 
Under the market approach, we estimate fair value by comparing the business to similar businesses or guideline companies 
whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Under the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow model in 
which cash flows anticipated over several periods, plus a terminal value at the end of that time horizon, are discounted to their 
present  value  using  an  appropriate  expected  rate  of  return.  The  discount  rate  used  for  cash  flows  reflects  capital  market 
conditions and the specific risks associated with the business. In addition, we compare the aggregate of the reporting units' 
fair value to the Company's market capitalization as a further corroboration of the fair values. The testing requires a complex 
series of assumptions and judgment by management in projecting future operating results, selecting guideline companies for 
comparisons and assessing risks. The use of alternative assumptions and estimates could affect the fair values and change the 
impairment determinations. 

Intangible  Assets:  Currently  all  of  our  intangible  assets  are  subject  to  amortization  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging  from  one  to  twenty  years.  We  review  intangible  assets  for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  may  not  be 
recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on the lowest level of identifiable estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows resulting from use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of any impairment loss is based on the excess 
of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value.  

Capitalized  Software  Held  for  Sale:  Development  costs  for  software  held  for  sale,  which  primarily  pertain  to  our 
Technology Solutions  segment, are capitalized once a project has reached the point of technological feasibility. Completed 
projects  are  amortized  after  reaching  the  point  of  general  availability  using  the  straight-line  method  based  on  an  estimated 
useful  life  of  approximately  three  years.  At  each  balance  sheet  date,  or  earlier  if  an  indicator  of  an  impairment  exists,  we 
evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on estimated future undiscounted revenues net of 
estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period.  

Capitalized Software Held for Internal Use: We capitalize costs of software held for internal use during the application 
development stage of a project and amortize those costs over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to ten years. As of 
March 31, 2013 and 2012, capitalized software held for internal use was $465 million and $445 million, net of accumulated 
amortization of $1,011 million and $902 million, and was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Insurance Programs: Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as well as 
those risks required to be insured by law or contract. It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain losses primarily 
related  to  workers'  compensation  and  comprehensive  general,  product  and  vehicle  liability.  Provisions  for  losses  expected 
under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability for claims incurred as well as for claims 
incurred but not yet reported. Such estimates utilize certain actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. 

60 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revenue Recognition: 

Distribution Solutions   

Revenues  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  are  recognized  when  product  is  delivered  and  title  passes  to  the 

customer or when services have been rendered and there are no further obligations to the customer. 

Revenues  are  recorded  net  of  sales  returns,  allowances,  rebates  and  other  incentives.  Our  sales  return  policy  generally 
allows customers to return products only if they can be resold for value or returned to suppliers for full credit. Sales returns 
are  accrued  based  on  estimates  at  the  time  of  sale  to  the  customer.  Sales  returns  from  customers  were  approximately  $1.9 
billion in 2013, $1.6 billion in 2012 and $1.4 billion in 2011. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental 
authorities are presented on a net basis; that is, they are excluded from revenues. 

The revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment include large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to a limited number 
of large customers who warehouse their own product. We order bulk product from the manufacturer, receive and process the 
product through our central distribution facility and deliver the bulk product (generally in the same form as received from the 
manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers'  warehouses.  Sales  to  customers'  warehouses  amounted  to  $18.6  billion  in  2013, 
$20.5 billion in 2012, and $18.6 billion in 2011. We also record revenues for direct store deliveries from most of these same 
customers. Direct store deliveries are shipments from the manufacturer to our customers of a limited category of products that 
require special handling. We assume the primary liability to the manufacturer for these products. 

Revenues are recorded gross when we are the primary party obligated in the transaction, take title to and possession of 
the  inventory,  are  subject  to  inventory  risk,  have  latitude  in  establishing  prices,  assume  the  risk  of  loss  for  collection  from 
customers as well as delivery or return of the product, are responsible for fulfillment and other customer service requirements, 
or the transactions have several but not all of these indicators. 

Our Distribution Solutions segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain a combination of 
various products and services. For arrangements entered into prior to 2012, revenue from a multiple element arrangement is 
allocated to the separate elements based on estimates of fair value and recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition 
criteria applicable to each element. If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement's 
revenue is deferred until delivery of the last element has occurred and services have been performed or until fair value can 
objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. Effective April 1, 2011, we adopted amended accounting 
guidance  on  a  prospective  basis  for  multiple-element  arrangements  entered  into  or  materially  modified  on  or  after  April 1, 
2011. The amended guidance incorporates the use of a vendor's best estimate of selling price, if neither objective evidence nor 
third  party  evidence  of  selling  price  exists,  to  allocate  arrangement  consideration  and  eliminates  the  use  of  the  residual 
method.  Implementation  of  this  new  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  reported  net  revenues  as  compared  to  net 
revenues  under  previous  guidance  as  the  incorporation  of  the  use  of  a  vendor's  best  estimate  of  selling  price  and  the 
elimination of the residual method for the allocation of arrangement consideration did not materially change how we allocate 
arrangement consideration to our various products and services or the amount and timing of reported revenues. 

Technology Solutions 

Revenues  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  are  generated  primarily  by  licensing  software  and  software  systems 
(consisting of software, hardware and maintenance support), and providing claims processing, outsourcing and professional 
services. Revenue for this segment is recognized as follows: 

Software systems are marketed under information systems agreements as well as service agreements. Perpetual software 
arrangements are recognized  at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion  method based  on the terms and 
conditions in the contract. Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are generally measured based 
on the ratio of labor hours incurred to date to total estimated labor hours to be incurred. Changes in estimates to complete and 
revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings in the period in which they are determined. We 
accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total contract costs exceeds total contract revenue. 

61 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Hardware  revenues  are  generally  recognized  upon  delivery.  Revenue  from  multi-year  software  license  agreements  is 
recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. Software implementation fees are recognized as the work is performed or 
under the percentage-of-completion  method. Maintenance and support agreements are  marketed under annual or multi-year 
agreements  and  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  period  covered  by  the  agreements.  Subscription,  content  and  transaction 
processing  fees  are  generally  marketed  under  annual  and  multi-year  agreements  and  are  recognized  ratably  over  the 
contracted terms beginning on the service start date for fixed fee arrangements and recognized as transactions are performed 
beginning  on  the  service  start  date  for  per-transaction  fee  arrangements.  Remote  processing  service  fees  are  recognized 
monthly as the service is performed. Outsourcing service revenues are recognized as the service is performed. 

We also offer certain products on an application service provider basis, making our software functionality available on a 
remote hosting basis from our  data centers. The data centers provide system and administrative support, as well as hosting 
services. Revenue on products sold on an application service provider basis is recognized on a monthly basis over the term of 
the contract beginning on the service start date of products hosted. 

This  segment  also  engages  in  multiple-element  arrangements,  which  may  contain  any  combination  of  software, 
hardware, implementation or consulting services, or maintenance services. For arrangements entered into prior to 2012, when 
some elements are delivered prior to others in an arrangement and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) 
exists  for  the  undelivered  elements,  revenue  for  the  delivered  elements  is  recognized  upon  delivery  of  such  items.  The 
segment establishes VSOE for hardware and implementation and consulting services based on the price charged when sold 
separately, and for maintenance services, based on renewal rates offered to customers. Revenue for the software element is 
recognized  under  the  residual  method  only  when  fair  value  has  been  established  for  all  of  the  undelivered  elements  in  an 
arrangement. If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement's revenue is deferred until 
the delivery of the last element or until the fair value of the undelivered element is determinable. Effective April 1, 2011, we 
adopted amended revenue recognition guidance incorporating the use of a vendor's best estimate of selling price, if neither 
vendor specific objective evidence nor third party evidence of selling price exists, to allocate arrangement consideration and 
eliminating the use of the residual method for non-software components. Also, effective April 1, 2011, we adopted the revised 
revenue  recognition  guidance  which  removed  from  the  scope  of  software  revenue  recognition  guidance  tangible  products 
containing  software  components  and  non-software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  the  product's  essential 
functionality. This amended  accounting guidance was applied prospectively for all arrangements  entered into after April  1, 
2011 or materially modified after that date. Implementation of this new guidance did not have a material impact on reported 
net revenues as compared to net revenues under previous guidance as the incorporation of the use of a vendor's best estimate 
of selling price and the elimination of the residual method for the allocation of arrangement consideration did not materially 
change how we allocate arrangement consideration to our various products and services or the amount and timing of reported 
revenues. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  also  includes  revenues  from  disease  management  programs  provided  to  various 
states' Medicaid programs. These service contracts include provisions for achieving certain cost-savings and clinical targets. If 
the targets are not met for certain of these contracts, a portion, or all, of the revenue must be refunded to the customer. We 
recognize  revenue  during  the  term  of  the  contract  by  assessing  actual  performance  against  contractual  targets  and  then 
determining the amount the customer would be legally obligated to pay if the contract terminated as of the measurement date. 
These assessments include estimates of medical claims and other data in accordance with the contract methodology. Because 
complete data is unavailable until six to nine months after the measurement period, there is generally a significant time delay 
between recording the accrual and the final settlement of the contract. If data is insufficient to assess performance or we have 
not met the targets, we defer recognition of the revenue. We generally have been successful in achieving performance targets 
under  these  agreements.  As  of  March 31,  2013  and  2012,  amounts  deferred  related  to  these  types  of  contracts  were  not 
material. 

Supplier Incentives: Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or distribution 
of  inventory,  are  generally  reported  as  a  reduction  to  cost  of  goods  sold.  We  consider  these  fees  and  other  incentives  to 
represent  product  discounts  and  as  a  result,  the  amounts  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  product  cost  and  are  recognized 
through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory. 

62 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Supplier  Reserves:  We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and  rebate 
incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.  These  reserve  estimates  are 
established  based  on  judgment  after  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims,  historical  experience  with  the 
suppliers, the specific incentive programs and any other pertinent information available. We evaluate the amounts due from 
suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances. 
As  of  March 31,  2013  and  2012  supplier  reserves  were  $164 million  and  $115 million.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any 
outstanding claims may be different than our estimate. All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2013 and 2012 pertain to our 
Distribution Solutions segment. 

Income  Taxes:  We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  the  recognition  of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial 
statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial 
statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not that the position 
will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical 
merits. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being 
realized upon effective settlements. Deferred taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of our foreign operations that 
are considered to be permanently reinvested. 

Foreign  Currency  Translation:  Our  international  subsidiaries  generally  consider  their  local  currency  to  be  their 
functional  currency.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  these  international  subsidiaries  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  year-end 
exchange  rates  and  revenues  and  expenses  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  during  the  year.  Currency  translation 
adjustments for the year are included in other comprehensive income or loss in the statements of consolidated comprehensive 
income, and the cumulative effect is included in the stockholders' equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. When we 
sell all or a portion of an international entity, the related pro rata share of the cumulative currency translation adjustment is 
removed  from  stockholders'  equity  and  is  included  in  the  gain  or  loss  on  sale  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations. 
Realized  gains  and  losses  from  currency  exchange  transactions  are  recorded  in  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations and were not material to our consolidated results of operations in 2013, 2012 or 2011. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  Derivative  financial  instruments  are  used  principally  in  the  management  of  foreign 
currency  and  interest  rate  exposures  and  are  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  at  fair  value.  If  a  derivative  is 
designated  as  a  fair  value  hedge,  the  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  and  of  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the 
hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective 
portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in other comprehensive income or loss in the statements of 
consolidated  comprehensive  income,  and  the  cumulative  effect  is  included  in  the  stockholders'  equity  section  of  the 
consolidated balance sheets. The cumulative changes in fair value are reclassed to the consolidated statements of operations 
when the hedged item affects earnings. We periodically evaluate hedge effectiveness, and ineffective portions of changes in 
the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings. Derivative instruments not designated as 
hedges are marked-to-market at the end of each accounting period with the change included in earnings.  

Share-Based  Compensation:  We  account  for  all  share-based  compensation  transactions  using  a  fair-value  based 
measurement  method.  The  share-based  compensation  expense,  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  that  is  ultimately  expected  to 
vest, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The compensation expense recognized has been 
classified in the consolidated statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as 
cash compensation paid to our employees. 

Loss  Contingencies:  We  are  subject  to  various  claims,  other  pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  damages, 
investigations  relating  to  governmental  laws  and  regulations  and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  normal  conduct  of  our 
business.  When  a  loss  is  considered  probable  and  reasonably  estimable,  we  record  a  liability  in  the  amount  of  our  best 
estimate for the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to 
predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information 
available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of 
the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant 
developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss 
and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate 
cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided.  

63 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible 
that  the  amount  of  a  loss  will  exceed  the  recorded  provision.  We  review  all  contingencies  at  least  quarterly  to  determine 
whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of the loss can be 
made. As discussed above, development of a  meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex  when the 
outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system 
and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss 
and boundaries of high and low estimate. 

Business Combinations: We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires 
that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess 
of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  Acquisition-related 
expenses and related restructuring costs are expensed as incurred.  

Several  valuation  methods  may  be  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.   For 
intangible  assets,  we  typically use  the  income  method.   This method  starts  with  a  forecast  of  all  of  the  expected  future  net 
cash flows for each asset.  These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that 
reflects  the  risk  factors  associated  with  the  cash  flow  streams.   Some  of  the  more  significant  estimates  and  assumptions 
inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount 
rate  selected  to  measure  the  risks  inherent  in  the  future  cash  flows  and  the  assessment  of  the  asset's  life  cycle  and  the 
competitive  trends  impacting  the  asset,  including  consideration  of  any  technical,  legal,  regulatory,  or  economic  barriers  to 
entry.   Determining  the  useful  life  of  an  intangible  asset  also  requires  judgment  as  different  types  of  intangible  assets  will 
have different useful lives and certain assets may even be considered to have indefinite useful lives. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

Comprehensive Income: In the first quarter of 2013, we adopted amended guidance on a retrospective basis related to the 
presentation of other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires that comprehensive income, the components of 
net  income  and  the  components  of  other  comprehensive  income  be  presented  either  in  a  single  continuous  statement  of 
comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. We elected to report other comprehensive income and 
its  components  in  a  separate  statement  of  comprehensive  income.  While  the  new  guidance  changed  the  presentation  of 
comprehensive income, there were no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive 
income  as  determined  under  previous  accounting  guidance.  The  amended  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

Balance Sheet Offsetting: In December 2011 and January 2013, disclosure guidance related to the offsetting of assets and 
liabilities  was  issued.  The  guidance  requires  an  entity  to  disclose  information  about  offsetting  assets  and  liabilities  for 
derivatives,  repurchase  agreements  and  reverse  purchase  agreements,  and  securities  borrowing  and  securities  lending 
transactions  that  are  either  offset  in  accordance  with  specific  GAAP  criteria  or  subject  to  a  master  netting  arrangement  or 
similar agreement. The amended guidance is effective for us on a retrospective basis commencing in the first quarter of 2014. 
We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Comprehensive  Income:  In  February  2013,  disclosure  guidance  related  to  the  reporting  of  amounts  reclassified  out  of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI") was issued. The guidance requires disclosure of amounts reclassified 
out of AOCI by component. In addition, an entity is required to present either on the face of the statement of operations or in 
the  notes,  significant  amounts  reclassified  out  of  AOCI  by  the  respective  line  items  of  net  income  but  only  if  the  amount 
reclassified  is  required  to  be  reclassified  to  net  income  in  its  entirety  in  the  same  reporting  period.  For  amounts  not 
reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional 
detail about those amounts. This guidance is effective for us prospectively commencing in the first quarter of 2014. We do not 
expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

64 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Cumulative  Translation  Adjustments:  In  March  2013,  amended  guidance  was  issued  for  parent's  accounting  for  the 
cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or group of assets within a foreign entity or of an 
investment in a foreign entity.  The amended guidance requires the release of any cumulative translation adjustment into net 
income only upon complete or substantially complete liquidation of a controlling interest in a subsidiary or a group of assets 
within a foreign entity.  Also, it requires the release of all or a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment to net 
income  in  case  of  sale  of  an  equity  method  investment  that  is  a  foreign  entity.   The  amended  guidance  is  applicable  to  us 
effective  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2015.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.   We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  amended 
guidance on our consolidated financial statements.   

2.  Business Combinations 

Fiscal 2013 

On February 22, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of PSS World Medical, Inc. (“PSS World Medical”) of 
Jacksonville, Florida for $29.00 per share plus the assumption of PSS World Medical's debt, or approximately $1.9 billion in 
aggregate, consisting of cash consideration of $1.3 billion, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of long-term debt with a 
fair value of $0.6 billion. The cash paid at acquisition was funded from cash on hand and the issuance of long-term debt. PSS 
World Medical markets and distributes medical products and services throughout the United States.  The acquisition of PSS 
World Medical expands our existing Medical-Surgical business. 

The following table summarizes the preliminary recording of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Due  to  the  recent  timing  of  the  acquisition,  these  amounts  are  subject  to  change  within  the 
measurement period as our fair value assessments are finalized. 

(In millions) 
Current assets, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other long-term assets 
Current liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

Amounts 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date
(Provisional)

$ 

$ 

706
1,145
557
183
(376)
(635)
(281)
1,299

Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $557 million, the fair value of which was 
primarily determined by applying the income approach, using several significant unobservable inputs for projected cash flows 
and a discount rate. These inputs are considered Level 3 inputs under the fair value measurements and disclosure guidance.  
Acquired intangibles primarily consist of $529 million of customer lists and $15 million of trademarks and trade names. The 
estimated weighted average lives of the customer lists, trademarks and trade names and total intangible assets are nine years, 
two years and nine years. The fair values of the debt acquired was determined using quoted market prices and other inputs 
that  were  derived  from  available  market  information,  which  are  considered  to  be  Level  2  inputs  under  the  fair  value 
measurements  and  disclosure  guidance.  Refer  to  Financial  Note  14,  "Debt  and  Financing  Activities,"  for  additional 
information  on  the  assumption  and  redemption  of  acquired  debt  and  long-term  debt  issued  to  fund  a  portion  of  this 
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $1,145 million was 
recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. Most 
of the goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

Financial results for PSS World Medical since the acquisition date are included in the results of operations for the fourth 
quarter and year ended March 31, 2013 within our Medical-Surgical distributions and services business, which is part of our 
Distribution Solutions segment, and the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements. 

65 

 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On April 6, 2012, we purchased the remaining 50% ownership interest in our corporate headquarters building located in 
San  Francisco,  California,  for  $90  million,  which  was  funded  from  cash  on  hand.   We previously  held  a  50%  ownership 
interest and were the primary tenant in this building.  This transaction was accounted for as a step acquisition, which required 
that we re-measure our previously held 50% ownership interest to fair value and record the difference between the fair value 
and carrying value as a gain in the consolidated statements of operations.  The re-measurement to fair value resulted in a non-
cash  pre-tax  gain  of  $81 million  ($51 million  after-tax),  which  was  recorded  as  a  gain  on  business  combination  within 
Corporate in the consolidated statements of operations during the first quarter of 2013.  

The  total  fair  value  of  the  net  assets  acquired  was  $180  million,  which  was  allocated  as  follows:  building  and 
improvements of $113 million and land of $58 million with the remainder allocated for settlement of our pre-existing lease 
and  lease  intangible  assets.  The  fair  value  of  the  building  and  improvements  was  determined  based  on  current  market 
replacement costs less depreciation and unamortized tenant improvement costs, as well as, other relevant market information, 
which  are  considered  to  be  Level  3  inputs  under  the  fair  value  measurements  and  disclosure  guidance.  The  building  and 
improvements have a weighted average useful life of 30 years. The fair value of the land was determined using comparable 
sales of land within the surrounding market, which is considered to be a Level 2 input. 

Fiscal 2012 

On  March 25,  2012,  we  acquired  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Drug  Trading  Company  Limited,  the  independent 
banner business of the Katz Group Canada Inc. (“Katz Group”), and Medicine Shoppe Canada Inc., the franchise business of 
the Katz Group (collectively, “Katz Assets”) for $925 million, which was funded from cash on hand. The acquisition of the 
assets  from  the  Drug  Trading  Company  Limited  consists  of  a  marketing  and  purchasing  arm  of  independently  owned 
pharmacies  in  Canada.  The  acquisition  of  Medicine  Shoppe  Canada  Inc.  consists  of  the  franchise  business  of  providing 
services  to  independent  pharmacies  in  Canada.    Financial  results  for  the  acquired  Katz  Assets  have  been  included  in  the 
results of operations within our Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services business, which is part of our Distribution 
Solutions segment, beginning in the first quarter of 2013. 

During the second quarter of  2013, the fair value  measurements  of assets acquired and liabilities  assumed of the Katz 
Assets  as  of  the  acquisition  date  were  completed.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  final  amounts  of  the  fair  values 
recognized  for  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the  acquisition  date,  as  well  as  measurement  period 
adjustments  made  in  the  first  six  months  of  2013,  to  the  amounts  initially  recorded  in  2012.  The  measurement  period 
adjustments during the first six months of 2013 did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, 
balance sheets or cash flows in any period, and, therefore, we have not retrospectively adjusted our financial statements.  

(In millions) 

Amounts 
Previously 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date
(Provisional) (1) 

Measurement  
Period  
Adjustments 

Amounts 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date 
(Final as 
Adjusted) 

Current assets, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other long-term assets 
Current liabilities 
Long-term deferred tax liabilities 

$

Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$

33   $
506  
441  
15  
(37)  
(39)  
919   $

(1)  As previously reported in our Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2012. 

(1)    $ 
6   
1   
(1)   
1   
—   
6    $ 

32
512
442
14
(36)
(39)
925

66 

 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $442 million, the fair value of which was 
determined by applying the income approach, using several unobservable inputs for projected cash flows and a discount rate. 
These inputs are considered Level 3 inputs under the fair value measurement and disclosure guidance. Acquired intangibles 
primarily consist of $318 million of service agreements and $114 million of trademarks and trade names. Service agreements, 
trademarks and trade names and total acquired intangibles assets each has an estimated weighted average life of 20 years. The 
excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of  approximately  $512  million  was  recorded  as 
goodwill, which primarily reflects the  expected future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. The amount  of 
goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $290 million. 

Fiscal 2011 

On December 30, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) for 
approximately  $2.1  billion,  consisting  of  cash  consideration  of  $0.2  billion,  net  of  cash  acquired,  and  the  assumption  of 
liabilities  with  a  fair  value  of  $1.9  billion.  The  cash  paid  at  acquisition  was  funded  from  cash  on  hand.  As  an  integrated 
oncology company, US Oncology is affiliated with community-based oncologists, and works with patients, hospitals, payers 
and the medical industry across all phases of the cancer research and delivery continuum.  The acquisition of US Oncology 
expands our existing specialty pharmaceutical distribution business and adds practice management services for oncologists. 
Financial results for US Oncology have been included in the results of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment 
beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011.  

During  the  third  quarter  of  2012,  the  fair  value  measurements  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 
acquisition  date  were  completed.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  final  amounts  of  the  fair  values  recognized  for  the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, as well as measurement period adjustments made in the first 
nine  months  of  2012  to  the  amounts  initially  recorded  in  2011.   The  measurement  period  adjustments  during  the  first  nine 
months of 2012 did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets or cash flows in 
any period, and, therefore, we have not retrospectively adjusted our financial statements.  

(In millions) 

Amounts 
Previously 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date 
(Provisional) (1) 

Measurement 
Period 
Adjustments 

Amounts 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date 
(Final as 
Adjusted)

$

Current assets, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other long-term assets 
Current liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other long-term liabilities 
Other stockholders' equity 

Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$

662   $
808  
1,007  
354  
(489)  
(1,735)  
(338)  
(25)  

244   $

(1)  As previously reported in our Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2011. 

(13)    $ 
20   
(14)   
(6)   
(1)   
—   
16   
(2)   

—    $ 

649
828
993
348
(490)
(1,735)
(322)
(27)

244

Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $993 million, the fair value of which was 
determined by applying the income approach, using several unobservable inputs for projected cash flows and a discount rate. 
These inputs are considered Level 3 inputs under the fair value  measurement and disclosure guidance. Acquired intangible 
assets  primarily  consist  of  $721 million  of  service  agreements  and  $185 million  of  customer  lists.  The  estimated  weighted 
average lives of the service agreements, customer lists and total acquired intangible assets are 18 years, 10 years and 16 years. 
The fair value of the debt acquired was determined primarily by using Level 2 inputs. Refer to Financial Note 14, “Debt and 
Financing  Activities,”  for  additional  information  on  the  assumption  and  redemption  of  acquired  debt.  The  excess  of  the 
purchase  price  over  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  was  recorded  as  goodwill,  which  primarily  reflects  the  expected 
future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. This goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

67 

 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

During  the  last  three  years,  we  also  completed  a  number  of  other  smaller  acquisitions  within  both  of  our  operating 
segments.  Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  since 
their respective acquisition dates. Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated based on estimated fair 
values at the date of acquisition. 

We incurred the following acquisition expenses and related adjustments: 

(In millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Transaction closing expenses 
Restructuring, severance and relocation 
Other integration related expenses 
Gain on business combination 

Total 

Other Income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense  

from former US Oncology shareholders 

Interest Expense: bridge loan fees 

Total Acquisition Expenses and Related Adjustments 

$

2    $ 

31    $

The acquisition expenses and related adjustments by segment is as follows: 

Years Ended March 31,

2013

2012 

2011

$

16    $ 
31   
25   
(81)   

(9)   

—   
11   

3    $
6   
22   
—   

31   

—   
—   

Years Ended March 31,
2012 

2011

2013

$

47    $ 

8   
(64)   

(9)   
—   
11   

24    $
6    
1    

31    
—    
—    

22
9
12
—

43

(16)
25

52

41
—
2

43
(16)
25

52

(In millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 

Total 

Corporate - Other Income 
Corporate - Interest Expense 

Total Acquisition Expenses and Related Adjustments 

$

2    $ 

31    $

Acquisition expenses and related adjustments incurred in 2013 were primarily related to our acquisition of PSS World 
Medical and our gain on business combination from our acquisition of the remaining 50% ownership interest in our corporate 
headquarters building. Expenses for 2012 and 2011 were primarily incurred to acquire and integrate US Oncology. Additional 
acquisition-related expenses are expected to be incurred as we integrate our businesses.  

Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. However, 
if we acquire the assets of a company, the goodwill may be deductible for tax purposes. The pro forma results of operations 
for  our  business  acquisitions  and  the  results  of  operations  for  these  acquisitions  since  the  acquisition  date  have  not  been 
presented because the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate 
basis.  

68 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

3.  Asset Impairments and Product Alignment Charges 

In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded asset impairments and product alignment charges of $46 million, $51 million and 

$72 million in our Technology Solutions segment: 

Fiscal 2013 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded $46 million of non-cash pre-tax impairment charges. These charges were 
the result of a significant decrease in estimated revenues for a software product. The charge included a $36 million goodwill 
impairment to reduce the carrying value of goodwill within the applicable reporting unit to its implied fair value. In addition, 
the  goodwill  had  a  nominal  tax  basis.  This  impairment  charge  was  recorded  in  operating  expenses  within  our  consolidated 
statement of operations. Refer to Financial Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements," for more information on this nonrecurring 
fair value measurement. The balance of the charge represents a $10 million impairment to reduce the carrying value of the 
unamortized  capitalized  software  held  for  sale  costs  for  this  product  to  its  net  realizable  value.  We  concluded  that  the 
estimated  future  undiscounted  revenues,  net  of  estimated  related  costs,  were  insufficient  to  recover  its  carrying  value.  This 
impairment charge was recorded in cost of sales within our consolidated statement of operations.  

Fiscal 2012 

During the third quarter of 2012, we approved a plan to align our hospital clinical and revenue cycle healthcare software 
products within our Technology Solutions segment. As part of this alignment strategy, we began converging our core clinical 
and revenue cycle Horizon and Paragon product lines onto Paragon's Microsoft®-based platform. Additionally, we stopped 
development of our Horizon Enterprise Revenue Management™ (“HzERM”) software product. The plan resulted in a pre-tax 
charge of $51 million in 2012, of which $31 million was recorded to cost of sales and $20 million was recorded to operating 
expenses within our consolidated statement of operations. The majority of these charges were incurred in the third quarter of 
2012. The pre-tax charge included $24 million of non-cash asset impairment charges, primarily for the write-off of prepaid 
licenses  and  commissions  and  capitalized  internal  use  software  that  were  determined  to  be  obsolete  as  they  would  not  be 
utilized going forward, $10 million for severance, $7 million for customer allowances and $10 million for other charges.  

Fiscal 2011 

At the end of the second quarter of 2010, our HzERM software product became generally available. In October 2010, we 
decreased our estimated revenues over the next 24 months for our HzERM software product and as a result, concluded that 
the estimated future revenues, net of estimated related costs, were insufficient to recover its carrying value. Accordingly, we 
recorded a $72 million non-cash impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011 to reduce the carrying value of the software 
product to its net realizable value. The charge was recorded in cost of sales within our consolidated statement of operations.  

4. 

Impairment of an Equity Investment 

Based on a recent evaluation, we committed to a plan to sell our 49% equity interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. ("Nadro") 
and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $191 million  reducing  the  investment's  carrying 
value to its estimated fair value. The charge reflects deterioration in Nadro's market position, projected lower revenue growth 
rates  and  operating  margins  and  continued  business  challenges  in  the  wholesale  pharmaceutical  distribution  business  in 
Mexico. Cumulative foreign currency translation losses of $69  million were included in the assessment  of the investment's 
carrying value for purposes of calculating the impairment charge. Cumulative foreign currency translation losses (net of tax), 
are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on our consolidated balance sheet. The impairment charge was 
recorded in impairment of an equity investment in the consolidated statements of operations within our Distribution Solutions 
segment. The ultimate selling price of our investment in Nadro may be different than our current assessment of fair value. The 
fair value of the investment will be reviewed quarterly for any additional impairment.  

Refer to Financial Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements," for more information on this fair value measurement. 

69 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

5.  Share-Based Compensation 

We provide share-based compensation to our employees, officers and non-employee directors, including stock options, 
an employee stock purchase plan, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) 
(collectively, “share-based awards”). Most of our share-based awards are granted in the first quarter of each fiscal year.  

Compensation expense for the share-based awards is recognized for the portion of awards ultimately expected to vest. 
We  estimate  the  number  of  share-based  awards,  which  will  ultimately  vest  primarily  based  on  historical  experience.  The 
estimated  forfeiture  rate  established  upon  grant  is  re-assessed  throughout  the  requisite  service  period  and  is  adjusted  when 
actual forfeitures occur. The actual forfeitures in future reporting periods could be higher or lower than current estimates.  

The compensation expense recognized has been classified in the consolidated statements of operations or capitalized in 
the  consolidated  balance  sheets  in  the  same  manner  as  cash  compensation  paid  to  our  employees.  There  was  no  material 
share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of an asset in 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Impact on Net Income 

The components of share-based compensation expense and related tax benefits are as follows: 

(In millions) 
RSUs (1) 
PeRSUs (2) 
Stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 

Share-based compensation expense 

Tax benefit for share-based compensation expense (3) 
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

109   $
23  
24  
11  

167  
(59)  

97    $ 
24   
23   
10   

154   
(55)    

$

108   $

99    $ 

79
27
22
9

137
(48)

89

(1)  This expense was primarily the result of PeRSUs awarded in prior years, which converted to RSUs due to the attainment of goals during the 

applicable years' performance period. 

(2)  Represents estimated compensation expense for PeRSUs that are conditional upon attaining performance objectives during the current year's 

(3) 

performance period. 
Income tax benefit is computed using the tax rates of applicable tax jurisdictions. Additionally, a portion of pre-tax compensation expense is 
not tax-deductible.  

Stock Plans 

The 2005 Stock Plan provides our employees, officers and non-employee directors share-based long-term incentives. The 
2005  Stock  Plan  permits  the  granting  of  up  to  42.5 million  shares  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  RSUs, 
PeRSUs and other share-based awards. As of March 31, 2013, 5.8 million shares remain available for future grant under the 
2005 Stock Plan.  

70 

  
 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Stock Options 

Stock  options  are  granted  at  no  less  than  fair  market  value,  and  those  options  granted  under  the  2005  Stock  Plan 

generally have a contractual term of seven years and follow a four-year vesting schedule. 

Compensation  expense  for  stock  options  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  and  is 
based on the grant-date fair value for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest. We use the Black-Scholes 
options-pricing  model  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our  stock  options.  Once  the  fair  value  of  an  employee  stock  option  is 
determined, current accounting practices do not permit it to be changed, even if the estimates used are different from actual. 
The options-pricing model requires the use of various estimates and assumptions as follows: 

•  Expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of our common stock and implied 
market volatility. We believe that this market-based input provides a reasonable estimate of our future stock price 
movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations. 

•  Expected dividend yield is based on historical experience and investors' current expectations. 

•  The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the constant maturity U.S. 

Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant. 

•  Expected life of the options is based primarily on historical employee stock option exercises and other behavior data 
and reflects the impact of changes in contractual life of current option grants compared to our historical grants. 

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of employee stock options were as follows:     

Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 

Years Ended March 31,  

2012 

27% 
1.0% 
2.1% 
5 

2011

29% 
1.1% 
2.6% 
5 

2013

27% 
0.9% 
0.8% 
5 

The following is a summary of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2013: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 

$  29.01  –  $  47.28   
65.59   
83.90   
102.21   

47.29 – 
65.60 – 
83.91 – 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding 
at Year End 
(In millions)    

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years)

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price   

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable at 
Year End 
(In millions) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price

2 
1 
3 
1 

7 

   $

3 
2 
5 
6 

39.95   
58.64   
75.13   
87.67   

   $ 

39.67
58.64
72.79
84.41

1 
1 
1 
— 

3 

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following table summarizes stock option activity during 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

(In millions, except per share data) 

Shares

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years)    

Outstanding, March 31, 2010
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding, March 31, 2011
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding, March 31, 2012
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding, March 31, 2013

Vested and expected to vest (1) 
Vested and exercisable, March 31, 2013 

16 
1 
(8) 

9 
1 
(2) 

8 
1 
(2) 

7 

6 
3 

   $

   $

   $

   $

   $

41.26   
67.95   
37.63   

49.01   
83.30   
42.20   

56.88   
87.66   
47.63   

65.79   

65.37   
56.19   

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 
3 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
Value (2) 
394

   $ 

   $ 

269

   $ 

226

   $ 

260

   $ 

259
154

(1)  The number of options expected to vest takes into account an estimate of expected forfeitures. 
(2)  The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the period-end market price of the Company's common stock and the exercise price 

of “in-the-money” options.  

The following table provides data related to stock option activity: 

(In millions, except per share data) 

Weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option 
Aggregate intrinsic value on exercise 
Cash received upon exercise 
Tax benefits realized related to exercise 
Total fair value of stock options vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested 

stock options not yet recognized, pre-tax 

$
$
$
$
$

$

Weighted-average period in years over which stock option compensation 

cost is expected to be recognized 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

19.63    $ 
107    $ 
106    $ 
41    $ 
24    $ 

20.32    $ 
108    $ 
113    $ 
40    $ 
23    $ 

37    $ 

40    $ 

1   

1   

18.37
276
319
106
21

41

1

RSUs and PeRSUs 

RSUs,  which  entitle  the  holder  to  receive  at  the  end  of  a  vesting  term  a  specified  number  of  shares  of  the  Company's 
common  stock,  are  accounted  for  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of  grant.  Total  compensation  expense  for  RSUs  under  our  stock 
plans is determined by the product of the number of shares that are expected to vest and the grant date market price of the 
Company's  common  stock.  The  Compensation  Committee  determines  the  vesting  terms  at  the  time  of  grant.  These  awards 
generally vest in three to four years. We recognize expense for RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Non-employee  directors  receive  an  annual  grant  of  RSUs,  which  vest  immediately  and  are  expensed  upon  grant.  The 
director  may  choose  to  receive  payment  immediately  or  defer  receipt  of  the  underlying  shares  if  they  meet  director  stock 
ownership guidelines. At March 31, 2013, 140,000 RSUs for our directors are vested, but shares have not been issued. 

PeRSUs  are  RSUs  for  which  the  number  of  RSUs  awarded  may  be  conditional  upon  the  attainment  of  one  or  more 
performance objectives over a specified period. PeRSUs are accounted for as variable awards until the performance goals are 
reached and the grant date is established. Total compensation expense for PeRSUs is determined by the product of the number 
of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest, and the market price of the Company's common stock, commencing at 
the  inception  of  the  requisite  service  period.  During  the  performance  period,  the  compensation  expense  for  PeRSUs  is  re-
computed using the market price and the performance modifier at the end of a reporting period. At the end of the performance 
period, if the goals are attained, the awards are granted and classified as RSUs and accounted for on that basis. We recognize 
compensation  expense of these awards on  a straight-line basis  over the requisite aggregate  service period  of generally four 
years. 

The following table summarizes RSU activity during 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

(In millions, except per share data) 

Shares 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value Per Share

Nonvested, March 31, 2010 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested, March 31, 2011 
Granted 
Vested 

Nonvested, March 31, 2012 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested, March 31, 2013 

4 
3 
(1) 
6 
2 
(1) 

7 
1 
(2) 
6 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

49.21
67.84
61.05
57.79
82.71
57.95

65.14
87.86
41.80
76.20

The following table provides data related to RSU activity:  

(In millions) 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to 

nonvested RSU awards not yet recognized, pre-tax 

$

$

Weighted-average period in years over which RSU cost is 

expected to be recognized 

Years Ended March 31,  

2013

2012 

2011

66    $

44    $ 

128    $

143    $ 

2   

3   

43

131

2

In May 2012, the Compensation Committee approved 1 million PeRSU target share units representing the base number 
of awards that could be granted, if goals are attained, and would be granted in the first quarter of 2014 (the “2013 PeRSU”). 
These  target  share  units  are  not  included  in  the  table  above  as  they  have  not  been  granted  in  the  form  of  RSUs.  As  of 
March 31, 2013, the total pre-tax compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested 2013 PeRSUs not 
yet recognized was approximately $82 million, (based on the period-end market price of the Company's common stock) and 
the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is three years. 

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) 

The Company has an ESPP under which 16 million shares have been authorized for issuance. The ESPP allows eligible 
employees  to  purchase  shares  of  our  common  stock  through  payroll  deductions.  The  deductions  occur  over  three-month 
purchase periods and the shares are then purchased at 85% of the market price at the end of each purchase period. Employees 
are allowed to terminate their participation in the ESPP at any time during the purchase period prior to the purchase of the 
shares. The 15% discount provided to employees on these shares is included in compensation expense. The shares related to 
funds outstanding at the end of a quarter are included in the calculation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. These 
amounts have not been significant. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, 1 million shares were issued under the ESPP and 1 million shares 
remain available for issuance at March 31, 2013. 

6.  Other Income (Expense), Net 

(In millions) 

Interest income 
Equity in earnings (loss), net (1) 
Reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense 
Impairment of an investment 
Other, net 

Total 

(1)  Primarily recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.  

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

22    $
3   
—   
—   
10   

35    $

19    $ 
9   
—   
(6)   
(1)   

21    $ 

18
(6)
16
—
8

36

In 2011, other income (expense), net included a credit of $16 million representing the reimbursement of post-acquisition 

interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology, which is recorded in Corporate.  

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of 

such investments may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value.  

7. 

Income Taxes 

(In millions) 

Years Ended March 31,  

2013

2012 

2011

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
U.S. 
Foreign 

Total income from continuing operations before income taxes 

$

$

1,578    $
341   

1,919    $

1,316    $ 
603   

1,919    $ 

1,161
474

1,635

74 

  
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following:  

(In millions) 

Current 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total current 

Deferred 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total deferred 

Years Ended March 31,  
2012 

2011

2013

$

(85)    $
14   
46   

(25)   

542   
80   
(16)   

606   

271    $ 
52   
28   

351   

129   
29   
7   

165   

Income tax provision 

$

581    $

516    $ 

283
40
54

377

121
1
6

128

505

In  2013,  2012  and  2011,  income  tax  expense  included  $29  million,  $66  million  and  $34  million  of  net  income  tax 
benefits  for  discrete  items,  which  primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  accrued 
interest. Included in the 2012 discrete tax benefit is a $31 million credit to income tax expense as a result of the reversal of an 
income tax reserve relating to our AWP litigation. The 2013 federal, state and local current provisions decreased substantially 
from prior years due to utilizing alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards. 

We  have  received  tax  assessments  of  $98  million  from  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  relating  to  2003 
through  2006.  We  disagree  with  a  substantial  portion  of  the  tax  assessments  primarily  relating  to  transfer  pricing.  We  are 
pursuing  administrative  relief  through  the  appeals  process.  We  have  also  received  assessments  from  the  Canada  Revenue 
Agency  (“CRA”)  for  a  total  of  $199 million  related  to  transfer  pricing  for  2003  through  2008.  Payments  of  most  of  the 
assessments to the CRA have been made to stop the accrual of interest. We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax 
Court  of  Canada  and  have  filed  a  notice  of  objection  for  2004  through  2007  and  are  in  the  process  of  filing  a  notice  of 
objection  for  2008.  The  trial  between  McKesson  Canada  Corporation  and  the  CRA,  argued  in  the  Tax  Court  of  Canada, 
concluded  in  early  February  2012,  and  we  are  waiting  for  the  decision.  We  continue  to  believe  in  the  merits  of  our  tax 
positions  and  that  we  have  adequately  provided  for  any  potential  adverse  results  relating  to  these  examinations  in  our 
financial statements. However, the final resolution of these issues could result in a significant increase or decrease to income 
tax expense. 

In November 2011, the IRS began its examination of 2007 through 2009. We anticipate the audit fieldwork will last more 

than two years. In nearly all jurisdictions, the tax years prior to 2003 are no longer subject to examination.  

Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated  income  tax  provision  and  evaluating 
income tax uncertainties. Although our major taxing jurisdictions are the U.S. and Canada, we are subject to income taxes in 
numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and uncertain tax liabilities reflect 
management's  best  assessment  of  estimated  current  and  future  taxes  to  be  paid.  We  believe  that  we  have  made  adequate 
provision for all income tax uncertainties. 

75 

  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  reconciliation  between  our  effective  tax  rate  on  income  from  continuing  operations  and  statutory  tax  rate  is  as 

follows: 

(In millions) 

Income tax provision at federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit 
Foreign income taxed at various rates 
Unrecognized tax benefits and settlements 
Tax credits 
Other, net 

Income tax provision 

Years Ended March 31,  

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

672   $
58  
(139)  
1  
(13)  
2  

581   $

672    $ 
57   
(176)    
(18)    
(13)    
(6)    

516    $ 

572
33
(105)
14
(16)
7

505

At  March 31,  2013  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  operations  totaling  $3.8 billion  were  considered  to  be 
permanently reinvested. No deferred tax liability has been recognized on the basis difference created by such earnings since it 
is  our  intention  to  utilize  those  earnings  in  the  foreign  operations  as  well  as  to  fund  certain  research  and  development 
activities  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time.  The  determination  of  the  amount  of  deferred  taxes  on  these  earnings  is  not 
practicable because the computation would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate 
the earnings is made. 

Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:  

(In millions) 

Assets 
Receivable allowances 
Deferred revenue 
Compensation and benefit related accruals 
AWP litigation accrual 
Loss and credit carryforwards 
Other 

Subtotal 

Less: valuation allowance 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Inventory valuation and other assets 
Fixed assets and systems development costs 
Intangibles 
Other 

Total liabilities 

Net deferred tax liability 

Current net deferred tax asset 
Current net deferred tax liability 
Long-term deferred tax asset 
Long-term deferred tax liability 

Net deferred tax liability 

76 

March 31,  

2013 

2012

$

84    $ 

106   
553   
17   
341   
264   

1,365   
(118)   

1,247   

(2,089)   
(267)   
(734)   
(24)   

(3,114)   

(1,867)    $ 

16    $ 

(1,626)   
21   
(278)   

(1,867)    $ 

$

$

$

44
114
447
175
400
256

1,436
(101)

1,335

(1,635)
(263)
(544)
(53)

(2,495)

(1,160)

—
(1,092)
20
(88)

(1,160)

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We  have  federal,  state  and  foreign  income  tax  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $106 million,  $2,697 million  and 
$309 million. The federal and state net operating losses will expire at various dates from 2014 through 2033. Substantially all 
of our foreign net operating losses have indefinite lives. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain 
state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards may not be realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided valuation 
allowances  of  $7 million  and  $84 million  on  the  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  these  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards. We also have federal and state capital loss carryforwards of $1 million and $30 million, which will expire at 
various  dates  from  2014  through  2018.  We  have  provided  valuation  allowances  of  $1 million  on  the  deferred  tax  assets 
relating to the state capital loss carryforwards. Recognition of a deferred tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock option 
exercises  that  have  not  yet  been  realized  through  a  reduction  in  income  taxes  payable  is  prohibited.  Such  unrecognized 
deferred tax benefits totaled $10 million as of March 31, 2013 and will be accounted for as a credit to shareholders' equity, if 
and when realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. 

We  also  have  federal  and  state  income  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $91 million,  which  are  primarily  federal  alternative 
minimum  tax  credit  carryforwards  that  have  an  indefinite  life.  However,  we  believe  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the 
benefit from certain state tax credits of $12 million may not be fully realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a 
valuation  allowance  of  $2 million.  In  addition,  we  have  Canadian  research  and  development  credit  carryforwards  of 
$11 million,  and  we  believe  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  these  credits  will  be  realized.  The  Canadian  research  and 
development credits will expire at various dates from 2029 to 2032. 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits for the last three years: 

(In millions) 

Years Ended March 31,  

2013

2012 

2011

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period 
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year 
Reductions based on settlements 
Reductions based on the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period 

$

$

595   $
46  
(108)  
31  
(2)  
(2)  

560   $

635    $ 
11   
(72)    
37   
(1)    
(15)    

595    $ 

619
32
(60)
50
(6)
—

635

Of the total $560 million in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2013, $402 million would reduce income tax expense 
and the effective tax rate if recognized. During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that audit resolutions and the 
expiration of statutes of limitations could potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits by up to $173 million. However, 
this  amount  may  change  because  we  continue  to  have  ongoing  negotiations  with  various  taxing  authorities  throughout  the 
year. 

We  report  interest  and  penalties  on  tax  deficiencies  as  income  tax  expense.  We  recognized  a  reduction  in  income  tax 
expense  of  $8 million,  before  any  tax  effect,  related  to  interest  and  penalties  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations 
during 2013. The income tax benefit for interest recognized during 2013 was primarily due to the reversal of accrued interest 
resulting from the reduction of our gross unrecognized tax benefits. At March 31, 2013, before any tax benefits, our accrued 
interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $131 million. 

8.  Discontinued Operation 

In July 2010, our Technology Solutions segment sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty Limited 
(“MAP”),  a  provider  of  phone  and  web-based  healthcare  services  in  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  for  net  sales  proceeds  of 
$109 million. The divestiture generated a pre-tax and after-tax gain of $95 million and $72 million. As a result of the sale, we 
were able to utilize capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded a valuation allowance of $15 million. The 
release of the valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our after-tax gain on the divestiture. The after-tax gain on 
disposition  was  recorded  as  a  discontinued  operation  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  in  2011.  The  historical 
financial operating results and net assets of MAP were not  material to our consolidated financial statements for all periods 
presented. 

77 

  
 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

9.  Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic  earnings  per  common  share  are  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 
shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings per common share are computed similar to basic earnings per 
common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue 
common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.  

The computations for basic and diluted earnings per common share are as follows:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operation - gain on sale, net of tax 

Net income 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Options to purchase common stock 
Restricted stock units 

Diluted 

Earnings per common share: (1) 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation - gain on sale 

Total 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation - gain on sale 

Total 

(1)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments.  

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

1,338    $
—   

1,338    $

1,403    $ 
—   

1,403    $ 

1,130
72

1,202

235   

246   

1   
3   

239   

2   
3   

251   

5.59    $
—   

5.59    $

5.71    $
—   

5.71    $

5.59    $ 
—   

5.59    $ 

5.70    $ 
—   

5.70    $ 

258

3
2

263

4.29
0.28

4.57

4.37
0.28

4.65

$

$

$

$

$

$

Potentially dilutive securities primarily include outstanding stock options, RSUs and PeRSUs. Approximately 2 million, 
4  million  and  6  million of  potentially  dilutive  securities  were  excluded  from  the  computations  of  diluted  net  earnings  per 
common share in 2013, 2012 and 2011, as they were anti-dilutive. 

10.  Receivables, Net 

(In millions) 

Customer accounts 
Other 

Total 
Allowances 

Net 

March 31,  

2013 

2012

8,683    $ 
1,423   

10,106   
(131)   

9,975    $ 

8,562
1,537

10,099
(122)

9,977

$

$

Other receivables primarily include amounts due from suppliers and customer unbilled receivables. The allowances are 

primarily for estimated uncollectible accounts.  

78 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
 
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

11.  Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 

(In millions) 

Land 
Building, machinery, equipment and other 

Total property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Property, plant and equipment, net 

March 31, 

2013 

2012

129    $ 

2,400   

2,529   
(1,208)   

1,321    $ 

68
2,107

2,175
(1,132)

1,043

$

$

12.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2011 
Goodwill acquired 
Acquisition accounting and other adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2012 
Goodwill acquired 
Impairment 
Acquisition accounting and other adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2013 

Distribution
Solutions 

Technology 
Solutions 

Total

$

$

$

2,662   $
511  
20  
(3)  
3,190   $
1,228  
—  
6  
(11)  
4,413   $

1,702    $ 
151   
—   
(11)   
1,842    $ 
193   
(36)   
(1)   
(6)   
1,992    $ 

4,364
662
20
(14)
5,032
1,421
(36)
5
(17)
6,405

As of March 31, 2013, the accumulated goodwill impairment losses were $36 million in our Technology Solutions segment. 

Information regarding intangible assets is as follows: 

March 31, 2013

March 31, 2012

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Amortization 
Period 
(Years) 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization  

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

8 
17 
16 
4 
6 

  $

  $

1,761   $
1,018  
208  
271  
89  
3,347   $

(672)   $
(114)  
(46)  
(207)  
(38)  
(1,077)   $

1,089   $
904  
162  
64  
51  
2,270   $

1,081   $ 
1,022   
192   
244   
76   
2,615   $ 

(554)   $
(52)  
(38)  
(190)  
(31)  
(865)   $

527
970
154
54
45
1,750

(Dollars in millions) 

Customer lists 
Service agreements 
Trademarks and trade names 
Technology 
Other 

Total 

Amortization  expense  of  intangible  assets  was  $215 million,  $191 million  and  $132 million  for  2013,  2012  and  2011. 
Estimated  annual  amortization  expense  of  intangible  assets  is  as  follows:  $284 million,  $262 million,  $228 million, 
$202 million  and  $184 million  for  2014  through  2018,  and  $1,110 million  thereafter.  All  intangible  assets  were  subject  to 
amortization as of March 31, 2013 and 2012.  

79 

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

13.  Capitalized Software Held for Sale 

Changes in carrying amounts of capitalized software held for sale, which is included in other assets in the consolidated 

balance sheets, were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Capitalized software held for sale, net at beginning of period 
Amounts capitalized 
Amortization expense 
Impairment charges 
Foreign currency translations adjustments, net 
Capitalized software held for sale, net at end of period 

Years Ended March 31,
2012 

2011

2013

$

$

144    $ 

49   
(56)   
(10)   
(1)   
126    $ 

152    $
47   
(53)   
—   
(2)   
144    $

234
64
(75)
(72)
1
152

Additionally, third party royalty fees paid were $88 million, $95 million and $72 million during 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

14.  Debt and Financing Activities 

(In millions) 
5.25% Notes due March 1, 2013 
6.50% Notes due February 15, 2014 
0.95% Notes due December 4, 2015 
3.25% Notes due March 1, 2016 
5.70% Notes due March 1, 2017 
1.40% Notes due March 15, 2018 
7.50% Notes due February 15, 2019 
4.75% Notes due March 1, 2021 
2.70% Notes due December 15, 2022 
2.85% Notes due March 15, 2023 
7.65% Debentures due March 1, 2027 
6.00% Notes due March 1, 2041 
Other 

Total debt 

Less current portion 

Total long-term debt 

Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility 

$

March 31,  

2013 

2012

—    $ 
350   
499   
599   
500   
499   
349   
598   
400   
400   
175   
493   
11   

500
350
—
598
499
—
349
598
—
—
175
493
18

4,873   
(352)   

$

4,521    $ 

3,580
(508)

3,072

In connection with our acquisition of PSS World Medical, in December 2012 we entered into a $2.1 billion unsecured 
Senior  Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  (“2013  Bridge  Loan”).  In  February  2013,  we  reduced  the  2013  Bridge  Loan 
commitment to $900 million. On February 22, 2013, we borrowed $900 million under the 2013 Bridge Loan. The proceeds 
from the 2013 Bridge Loan and our existing cash on hand were used to redeem the assumed debt from PSS World Medical 
and pay the equity shareholders of PSS World Medical. On March 8, 2013, we repaid the 2013 Bridge Loan with the funds 
obtained from the issuance of long-term debt and the 2013 Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated. During the time it 
was outstanding, the 2013 Bridge Loan balance bore interest of 1.20% per annum, based on the London Interbank Offered 
Rate plus a margin based on the Company's credit rating. Corporate interest expense for 2013 includes $11 million related to 
fees incurred on the 2013 Bridge Loan.  

80 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010 we entered into a $2.0 
billion  unsecured  Senior  Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  (“2011  Bridge  Loan”).  In  December  2010,  we  reduced  the  2011 
Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the 2011 Bridge Loan. On 
February 28, 2011, we repaid the 2011 Bridge Loan with the funds obtained from the issuance of long-term debt and the 2011 
Bridge  Term  Loan  Agreement  was  terminated.  During  the  time  it  was  outstanding,  the  2011  Bridge  Loan  bore  interest  of 
1.76%  per  annum,  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  plus  a  margin  based  on  the  Company's  credit  rating. 
Corporate interest expense for 2011 includes $25 million related to fees incurred on the 2011 Bridge Loan. 

PSS World Medical Debt Acquired 

Upon our purchase of PSS World Medical in February 2013, we assumed the outstanding debt of PSS World Medical. 
Prior to our acquisition, PSS World Medical called for redemption of all of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2022. 
Due to the change in control provisions of the 3.125% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014, the notes were convertible to cash 
at the option of the note holders. All the note holders opted to receive cash. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we redeemed both 
of these notes, including accrued interest for $643 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our 2013 Bridge Loan. 

US Oncology Debt Acquired 

Upon our purchase of US Oncology in December 2010, we assumed the outstanding debt of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. 
and its wholly-owned subsidiary US Oncology, Inc. Immediately prior to our acquisition, US Oncology Holdings, Inc. called 
for redemption of all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012 and US Oncology, Inc. called 
for redemption of all of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 
2014.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  we  paid  interest  of  $50  million  and  redeemed  these  notes,  including  the  remaining 
accrued interest for $1,738 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our 2011 Bridge Loan. 

Long-Term Debt 

On  March  8,  2013,  we  issued  1.40%  notes  due  March 15,  2018  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $500 million  and 
2.85%  notes  due  March 15,  2023  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $400 million.  Interest  on  these  notes  is  payable  on 
March  15  and  September  15  of  each  year  beginning  on  September 15,  2013. We  utilized  net  proceeds,  after  discounts  and 
offering  expenses,  of  $891 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  (each  note  constitutes  a  “Series”)  to  repay  borrowings 
under the 2013 Bridge Loan. 

On December 4, 2012, we issued 0.95% notes due December 4, 2015 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million 
(“Notes due 2015”) and 2.70% notes due December 15, 2022 in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million (“Notes due 
2022”). Interest on the Notes due 2015 is payable on June 4 and December 4 of each year beginning on June 4, 2013 and on 
the  Notes  due  2022  is  payable  on  June  15  and  December  15  of  each  year  beginning  on  June 15,  2013.  We  utilized  net 
proceeds,  after  discounts  and  offering  expenses,  of  $892 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  (each  note  constitutes  a 
“Series”) for general corporate purposes and replenishing working capital that was used to repay long-term debt that matured 
in February 2012 and in March 2013.  

On  February  28,  2011,  we  issued  3.25%  notes  due  March 1,  2016  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $600  million, 
4.75% notes due March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00% notes due March 1, 2041 in an 
aggregate principal amount of  $500  million. Interest on these notes is paid on March 1 and  September 1 of each year. We 
utilized  net  proceeds,  after  discounts  and  offering  expenses,  of  $1,673  million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  (each  note 
constitutes a "Series") for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of borrowings under the 2011 Bridge Loan. 

Each  Series  constitutes  an  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  obligation  of  the  Company  and  ranks  equally  with  all  of  the 
Company's  existing  and  future  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  indebtedness  outstanding  from  time-to-time.  Each  Series  is 
governed by materially similar indentures and officers' certificate specifying certain terms of each Series. 

81 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Upon 30 days notice to holders of a Series, we may redeem that Series at any time prior to maturity, in whole or in part, 
for  cash  at  redemption  prices  that  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  a  make-whole  premium,  as  specified  in  the 
indenture and officers' certificate relating to that Series. In the event of the occurrence of both (1) a change of control of the 
Company  and  (2)  a  downgrade  of  a  Series  below  an  investment  grade  rating  by  each  of  Fitch  Ratings,  Moody's  Investors 
Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services within a specified period, an offer will be made to purchase that Series 
from the holders at a price in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding principal amount of that Series, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. The indenture and the related officers' certificate for each Series, 
subject to the exceptions and in compliance with the conditions as applicable, specify that we may not incur liens, enter into 
sale and leaseback transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets. The indentures also contain 
customary events of default provisions. 

We repaid our $500 million 5.25% Notes on March 1, 2013 and our $400 million 7.75% Notes on February 1, 2012, both 

of which had matured.  

Scheduled future payments of long-term debt are $352 million in 2014, $2 million in 2015, $1,099 million in 2016, $501 

million in 2017, $500 million in 2018 and $2,419 million thereafter. 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In  May  2012,  we  renewed  our  existing  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  (the  “Facility”)  for  a  one  year  period  under 
terms substantially similar to those previously in place. The committed balance of the Facility is $1.35 billion, although from 
time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than $1.35 billion based on accounts receivable concentration 
limits and other eligibility requirements. The renewed Facility will expire in May 2013. We anticipate extending or renewing 
the Facility before expiration. 

Through the Facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, transfers certain U.S. pharmaceutical trade accounts 
receivable  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote 
subsidiary of McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements. This SPE then sells undivided interests 
in  the  pool  of  accounts  receivable  to  third-party  purchaser  groups  (the  “Purchaser  Groups”),  which  include  financial 
institutions and commercial paper conduits. 

Transactions  under  the  Facility  are  accounted  for  as  secured  borrowings  rather  than  asset  sales  primarily  because  the 
Company's retained interest in the pool of accounts receivable is subordinated to the Purchaser Groups to the extent there is 
any  outstanding  balance  in  the  Facility.  Consequently,  the  related  accounts  receivable  continue  to  be  recognized  on  our 
consolidated balance sheets and proceeds from the Purchaser Groups are shown as secured borrowings. 

The Facility contains requirements relating to the performance of the accounts receivable and covenants relating to the 
SPE  and  the  Company.  If  we  do  not  comply  with  these  covenants,  our  ability  to  use  the  Facility  may  be  suspended  and 
repayment of any outstanding balances under the Facility may be required. At March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with 
all covenants.  

We continue servicing accounts receivable subject to the Facility. However, no servicing asset or liability is recorded at 
the time the Facility is utilized as there is no service fee or other income received and the costs of servicing the receivables 
subject to the Facility are not material. Servicing costs are recognized as incurred over the servicing period.  

There  were  no  borrowings  in  2011  under  the  Facility.  During  2012,  we  borrowed  $400 million  under  the  Facility.  At 
March 31, 2012, there were $400 million in secured borrowings and $400 million of related securitized accounts receivable 
outstanding  under  the  Facility,  which  were  included  in  short-term  borrowings  and  receivables  in  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets.  During  the  first  quarter  of  2013,  these  short-term  borrowings  were  repaid  using  cash  on  hand.  In  addition,  during 
2013, we borrowed a total of $1,325 million under the Facility, all of which were repaid during the year using cash on hand. 
At  March 31,  2013,  there  were  no  secured  borrowings  and  related  securitized  accounts  receivable  outstanding  under  the 
Facility.  Fees  and  charges  on  the  facility  were  $6  million,  $6  million  and  $9 million  in  2013,  2012  and  2011  and  were 
recorded  as  interest  expense.  Should  we  default  under  the  Facility,  the  Purchaser  Groups  are  entitled  to  receive  only 
collections  on  the  accounts  receivable  owned  by  the  SPE  and  in  the  amount  necessary  to  recover  the  interest,  fees  and 
principal amounts due the Purchaser Groups under the terms of the Facility.  

82 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  delinquency  ratio  for  the  qualifying  receivables  represented  less  than  1%  of  the  total  qualifying  receivables  as  of 

March 31, 2013 and 2012.  

Revolving Credit Facility 

In September 2011, we renewed our existing syndicated $1.3 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility. 
This  renewed  credit  facility  has  terms  and  conditions  substantially  similar  to  those  previously  in  place  and  matures  in 
September 2016. Borrowings under this renewed credit facility bear interest based upon either the London Interbank Offered 
Rate or a prime rate. There were no borrowings under this credit facility during 2013, 2012 and 2011. As of March 31, 2013 
and 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility. 

Commercial Paper 

There were no commercial paper issuances during 2013, 2012 and 2011 and no amounts outstanding at March 31, 2013 

and 2012.  

Debt Covenants 

Our various borrowing facilities and long-term debt are subject to certain covenants. Our principal debt covenant is our 
debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%. For the purpose of calculating 
this  ratio,  borrowings  under  the  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  are  excluded.  If  we  exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt 
outstanding under the revolving credit facility could be accelerated. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with our 
financial covenants. 

15.  Variable Interest Entities 

We are involved with VIEs, which we do not consolidate because we do not have the power to direct the activities that 
most significantly impact their economic performance and thus are not considered the primary beneficiary of the entities. Our 
relationships  include  equity  investments,  lending,  leasing,  contractual  or  other  relationships  with  the  VIEs.  Our  most 
significant  relationships  are  with  oncology  and  other  specialty  practices.  Under  these  practice  arrangements,  we  generally 
own or lease all of the real estate and the equipment used by the affiliated practices and manage the practices' administrative 
functions. Our maximum exposure to loss (regardless of probability) as a result of all VIEs was $1.1 billion and $1.1 billion at 
March 31, 2013 and 2012, which primarily represents the value of intangible assets related to service agreements and lease 
and  loan  receivables.  These  amounts  exclude  the  customer  loan  guarantees  discussed  in  Financial  Note  21,  “Financial 
Guarantees and Warranties.” We believe that there is no material loss exposure on these assets or from these relationships.  

16.  Pension Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  qualified  and  nonqualified  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  defined  contribution  plans  for 

eligible employees. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans 

Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company as of December 31, 1995 are covered under the Company-
sponsored defined benefit retirement plan. In 1997, the plan was amended to freeze all plan benefits as of December 31, 1996. 
Benefits  for  the  defined  benefit  retirement  plan  are  based  primarily  on  age  of  employees  at  date  of  retirement,  years  of 
creditable service and the average of the highest 60 months of pay during the 15 years prior to the plan freeze date. We also 
have  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  eligible  Canadian  and  United  Kingdom  employees,  as  well  as  an  unfunded 
nonqualified  supplemental  defined  benefit  plan  for  certain  U.S.  executives.  Defined  benefit  plan  assets  and  obligations  are 
measured as of the Company's fiscal year-end. 

83 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The net periodic expense for our pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 

Service cost - benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on assets 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss, prior service costs and net 

transitional obligation 

Net periodic pension expense 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

7   $
28  
(28)  

32  

39   $

7    $ 
31   
(31)   

27   

34    $ 

6
31
(29)

28

36

The projected unit credit method is utilized in measuring net periodic pension expense over the employees' service life 
for the U.S. pension plans. Unrecognized actuarial losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or 
the market value of assets are amortized straight-line over the average remaining future service periods. 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension plans is as follows:  

Years Ended March 31, 

2013 

2012

670    $ 
7   
28   
73   
(35)   
(7)   

736    $ 

410    $ 
31   
25   
(35)   
(6)   

425    $ 

625
7
31
42
(34)
(1)

670

416
12
17
(34)
(1)

410

(311)    $ 

(260)

(3)    $ 

(308)   

(311)    $ 

(13)
(247)

(260)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(In millions) 

Change in benefit obligations
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Benefit payments 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Benefit obligation at end of period (1) 

Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer and participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period 

Funded status at end of period 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet 
Current liabilities 
Long-term liabilities 

Total 

(1)  The benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation. 

84 

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligations  for  our  pension  plans  were  $733  million  at  March 31,  2013  and  $667 million  at 
March 31, 2012. The following table provides the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value 
of plan assets for all our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets. 

(In millions) 

Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) consist of:  

(In millions) 

Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 
Net transition obligation 

Total 

March 31, 

2013 

2012

736    $ 
733   
425   

March 31, 

2013 

2012

310    $ 
—   
—   

310    $ 

670
667
410

274
1
1

276

$

$

$

Other changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) during the reporting periods were as follows:  

(In millions) 

Net actuarial loss 
Amortization of: 

Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 

Foreign exchange impact and other 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

70   $

61     $ 

10

(31)  
(1)  
(4)  

(25)   
(2)   
—   

34   $

34     $ 

(26)
(2)
—

(18)

$

$

We  expect  to  amortize  $1 million  of  prior  service  cost  and  $37 million  of  actuarial  loss  for  the  pension  plans  from 

stockholders' equity to pension expense in 2014. Comparable 2013 amounts were $1 million and $31 million. 

Projected benefit obligations relating to our unfunded U.S. plans were $205 million and $167 million at March 31, 2013 

and 2012. Pension obligations for our unfunded plans are funded based on the recommendations of independent actuaries. 

Expected  benefit  payments,  including  assumed  executive  lump  sum  payments,  for  our  pension  plans  are  as  follows: 
$33 million,  $44 million,  $159 million,  $33 million  and  $44 million  for  2014  to  2018  and  $213 million  for  2019  through 
2023.  Expected  benefit  payments  are  based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  to  measure  the  benefit  obligations  and  include 
estimated future employee service. Expected contributions to be made for our pension plans are $15 million for 2014. 

85 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Weighted-average  assumptions  used  to  estimate  the  net  periodic  pension  expense  and  the  actuarial  present  value  of 

benefit obligations were as follows: 

Net periodic pension expense
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
Benefit obligation 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

4.22%   
3.58
6.94

3.55%   
3.59

4.98%    
3.74
7.60

4.23%    
3.56

5.30%
3.75
7.79

4.99%
3.74

Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan liabilities are valued using a discount rate based on a yield curve developed from a 
portfolio of high quality corporate bonds rated AA or better whose maturities are aligned with the expected benefit payments 
of our plans. For March 31, 2013, we used a weighted average discount rate of 3.40%, which represents a decrease of 75 basis 
points from our 2012 weighted-average discount rate of 4.15%. 

Sensitivity to changes in the weighted-average discount rate for our U.S. pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 

Increase (decrease) on projected benefit obligation 
Increase (decrease) on net periodic pension cost 

Plan Assets  

One Percentage 
Point Increase 

One Percentage 
Point Decrease

$

(41) 
(2) 

$ 

48 
3 

Investment  Strategy:  The  overall  objective  for  McKesson's  pension  plan  assets  is  to  generate  long-term  investment 
returns  consistent  with  capital  preservation  and  prudent  investment  practices,  with  a  diversification  of  asset  types  and 
investment strategies. Periodic adjustments are made to provide liquidity for benefit payments and to rebalance plan assets to 
their target allocations. 

The target allocations for plan assets at March 31, 2013 are 45% equity investments, 42% fixed income investments and 
13% to all other types of investments, including cash and cash equivalents. The target allocations for plan assets at March 31, 
2012 were 53% equity investments, 35% fixed income investments and 12% to all other types of investments, including cash 
and  cash  equivalents.  Equity  investments  include  common  stock,  preferred  stock,  and  equity  commingled  funds.  Fixed 
income  investments  include  corporate  bonds,  government  securities,  mortgage-backed  securities,  asset-backed  securities, 
other  directly  held  fixed  income  investments,  and  fixed  income  commingled  funds.  Other  investments  include  real  estate 
funds, hedge funds, other commingled funds and cash and cash equivalents.  

We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on the projected performance of the asset classes in 
which  plan  assets  are  invested.  Our  target  asset  allocation  was  determined  based  on  the  liability  and  risk  tolerance 
characteristics of the plans and at times may be adjusted to achieve our overall investment objectives. 

Fair Value Measurements: The following tables represent our pension plan assets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, using 
the fair value hierarchy by asset class. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to 
determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical 
assets.  Level 2  refers  to  fair  values  estimated  using  significant  other  observable  inputs  and  Level  3  includes  fair  values 
estimated using significant unobservable inputs.  

86 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

(In millions) 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Common and preferred stock 
Equity commingled funds 

Fixed income securities: 
Government securities 
Corporate bonds 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities and other 
Fixed income commingled funds 

Other: 

Real estate funds 
Other commingled funds 

Total 
Receivables (1) 
Payables (1) 
Total 

(1)  Represents pending trades at March 31, 2013. 

(In millions) 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Common and preferred stock 
Equity commingled funds 

Fixed income securities: 
Government securities 
Corporate bonds 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities and other 
Fixed income commingled funds 

Other: 

Real estate funds 
Other Commingled funds 

Total 
Receivables (1) 
Payables (1) 
Total 

(1)  Represents pending trades at March 31, 2012.  

March 31, 2013 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3 

Total

$

3    $

8    $ 

—    $ 

11

20   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
209   

12   
28   
6   
22   
97   

—   
—   

$

23    $

382    $ 

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

19   
—   

19   

   $ 

20
209

12
28
6
22
97

19
—

424

1
—

425

March 31, 2012 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3 

Total

$

14    $

14    $ 

—    $ 

28

100   
—   

—   
134   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

11   
48   
21   
20   
25   

—   
12   

$

114    $

285    $ 

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

17   
—   

17   

   $ 

100
134

11
48
21
20
25

17
12

416

6
(12)

410

87 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investment funds that maintain daily liquidity 
and aim to have constant unit values of $1.00. The funds invest in short-term fixed income securities and other securities with 
debt-like characteristics emphasizing short-term maturities and high credit quality. Directly held cash and cash equivalents are 
classified  as Level 1 investments. Cash and cash  equivalents include commingled funds, which have daily net asset values 
derived from the underlying securities; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Common and preferred stock - This investment class consists of common and preferred shares issued by U.S. and non-
U.S. corporations. Common shares are traded actively on exchanges and price quotes are readily available. Preferred shares 
may not be actively traded. Holdings of common shares are generally classified as Level 1 investments. Preferred shares are 
classified as Level 2 investments. 

Equity commingled funds - Some equity investments are held in commingled funds, which have daily net asset values 

derived from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Fixed  income  securities  -  Government  securities  consist  of  bonds  and  debentures  issued  by  central  governments  or 
federal agencies; corporate bonds consist of bonds and debentures issued by corporations; mortgage-backed securities consist 
of  debt  obligations  secured  by  a  mortgage  or  pool  of  mortgages;  and  asset-backed  securities  primarily  consist  of  debt 
obligations secured by an asset or pool of assets other than mortgages. Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted 
prices  for  similar  assets  in  active  markets,  and  inputs  that  are  observable  for  the  asset,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for 
substantially the full term of the asset. Multiple prices and price types are obtained from pricing vendors whenever possible, 
enabling cross-provider price validations. Fixed income securities are generally classified as Level 2 investments. 

Fixed income commingled funds - Some fixed income investments are held in commingled funds, which have daily net 

asset values derived from the underlying securities; these are classified as Level 2 investments.  

Real estate funds - The value of the real estate funds is reported by the fund manager and is based on a valuation of the 
underlying  properties.  Inputs  used  in  the  valuation  include  items  such  as  cost,  discounted  future  cash  flows,  independent 
appraisals and market based comparable data. The real estate funds are classified as Level 3 investments. 

Hedge funds - The hedge funds are invested in fund of fund structures and consist of multiple investments in interest and 
currency funds designed to hedge the risk of rate fluctuations. Given the complex nature of valuation and the broad spectrums 
of investments, hedge funds are classified as Level 3 investments. 

Other commingled funds - The other commingled funds are invested in equities, bonds, commodities, other alternative 
investments  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  These  funds  are  valued  based  on  the  weekly  net  asset  values  derived  from  the 
quoted  prices  for  the  underlying  securities  in  active  markets  and,  for  alternative  investments,  based  on  other  valuation 
techniques. Other commingled funds are classified as Level 2 investments. 

The following table represents a reconciliation of Level 3 plan assets held during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012: 

(In millions) 

Balance at March 31, 2011 
Unrealized gain on plan assets still held 
Purchases, sales and settlements 

Balance at March 31, 2012 
Unrealized gain on plan assets still held 
Purchases, sales and settlements 

Balance at March 31, 2013 

Real Estate 
Funds

Hedge 
Funds 

Total

   $

   $

   $

5    $ 
1   
11   

17    $ 
1   
1   

19

$ 

5    $ 

—   
(5)    

—    $ 
—   
—   

—    $ 

10
1
6

17
1
1

19

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Multiemployer Plans 

We also contribute to a number of multiemployer pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that 
cover  union-represented  employees.  The  risks  of  participating  in  these  multiemployer  plans  are  different  from  single-
employer  pension  plans  in  the  following  aspects:  (i) assets  contributed  to  the  multiemployer  plan  by  one  employer  may  be 
used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers; (ii) if a participating employer stops contributing to 
the  plan,  the  unfunded  obligations  of  the  plan  may  be  borne  by  the  remaining  participating  employers;  and  (iii) if  the 
Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans 
an  amount  based  on  the  underfunded  status  of  the  plan,  referred  to  as  a  withdrawal  liability.  Actions  taken  by  other 
participating  employers  may  lead  to  adverse  changes  in  the  financial  condition  of  a  multiemployer  benefit  plan  and  our 
withdrawal liability and contributions may increase. Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material for the 
years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. 

Defined Contribution Plans 

We have a contributory profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees not covered by collective bargaining 
arrangements. Effective January 1, 2011, eligible employees may contribute to the PSIP up to 75% of their monthly eligible 
compensation for pre-tax contributions and up to 75% of compensation for catch-up contributions not to exceed IRS limits. 
The Company makes matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the employee's first 3% of pay contributed and 
50% for the next 2% of pay contributed. The Company also may make an additional annual matching contribution for each 
plan year to enable participants to receive a full match based on their annual contribution. Contribution expenses for the PSIP 
were $61 million, $58 million and $59 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.  

17.  Postretirement Benefits  

We  maintain  a  number  of  postretirement  benefits,  primarily  consisting  of  healthcare  and  life  insurance  (“welfare”) 
benefits, for certain eligible U.S. employees. Eligible employees consist of those who retired before March 31, 1999 and those 
who retired after March 31, 1999, but were an active employee as of that date, after meeting other age-related criteria. We 
also  provide  postretirement  benefits  for  certain  U.S.  executives.  Defined  benefit  plan  obligations  are  measured  as  of  the 
Company's fiscal year-end. 

The net periodic expense for our postretirement welfare benefits is as follows: 

(In millions) 

Service cost - benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on accumulated benefit obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial gain and prior service costs 

Net periodic postretirement expense 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

2   $
6  
(2)  

6   $

2    $ 
7   
(1)   

8    $ 

1
8
(4)

5

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations for our postretirement welfare plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gain 
Benefit payments 

Benefit obligation at end of period 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013 

2012

$

$

144    $ 
2   
6   
(9)   
(12)   

131    $ 

152
2
7
(4)
(13)

144

The  components  of  the  amount  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  for  the  Company's  other 
postretirement  benefits at  March 31, 2013 and 2012 were net actuarial gains of $6 million  and losses of $2 million and net 
prior  service  credits  of  $1 million  and  $2 million.  Other  changes  in  benefit  obligations  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income were net actuarial gains of $7 million and $3 million in 2013 and 2012, and a loss of $6 million in 2011. 

89 

  
 
  
 
  
  
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We estimate that the amortization of the actuarial gain from stockholders' equity to other postretirement expense in 2014 

will be $2 million. Comparable 2013 amounts were $2 million. 

Other postretirement benefits are funded  as claims  are paid.  Expected  benefit payments for our postretirement welfare 
benefit  plans,  net  of  expected  Medicare  subsidy  are  as  follows:  $11 million  annually  for  2014  to  2018  and  $48 million 
cumulatively  for  2019  through  2023.  Expected  benefit  payments  are  based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  to  measure  the 
benefit obligations and include estimated future employee service. Expected contributions to be made for our postretirement 
welfare benefit plans are $11 million for 2014. 

Weighted-average discount rates used to estimate postretirement welfare benefit expenses were 4.44%, 5.09% and 5.33% 
for 2013, 2012 and 2011. Weighted-average discount rates for the actuarial present value of benefit obligations were 3.84%, 
4.44% and 5.09% for 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Actuarial  gain  or  loss  for  the  postretirement  welfare  benefit plan  is  amortized  to  income  or  expense  over  a  three-year 
period. The assumed healthcare cost trends used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation were 7.50% 
and 8.00% for prescription drugs, 7.50%/7.25% and 7.50%/7.50% for ages pre-65/post-65 medical and 5.25% and 5.50% for 
dental in 2013  and 2012. For  2013, 2012 and 2011, a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the  assumed healthcare 
cost trend rate would not have a material impact on the postretirement benefit obligations. 

Pursuant to various collective bargaining agreements, we contribute to multiemployer health and welfare plans that cover 
union-represented employees. Our liability is limited to the contractual dollar obligations set forth by the collective bargaining 
agreements. Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011. 

18.  Hedging Activities 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. At times we 
limit  these  risks  through  the  use  of  derivatives  such  as  interest  rate  swaps  and  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts.  In 
accordance  with  our  policy,  derivatives  are  only  used  for  hedging  purposes.  We  do  not  use  derivatives  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes.  

Foreign currency rate risk 

The majority of our operations are conducted in US dollars however, certain assets and liabilities, revenues and expense 
and purchasing activities are incurred in and exposed to other currencies. We have established certain foreign currency rate 
risk  programs  that  manage  the  impact  of  foreign  currency  fluctuation.  These  programs  are  utilized  on  a  transactional  basis 
when  we  consider  there  to  be  a  risk  in  fair  value  or  volatility  in  cash  flows.  These  programs  reduce  but  do  not  entirely 
eliminate foreign currency rate risk.  

In 2012, we entered into a number of forward contracts to hedge Canadian dollar denominated cash flows with gross 
notional  value  of  $528  million.  These  contracts  mature  over  a  period  of  eight  years  and  have  been  designated  for  hedge 
accounting.  Accordingly,  changes  in  the  fair  values of  these  contracts  are  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income and reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. In the fourth quarter 
of  2013,  one  forward  contract  to  hedge  Canadian  dollar  cash  flow  with  gross  notional  value  of  $25  million  matured, 
accordingly,  the  realized  gain  related  to  this  contract  was  reclassified  during  the  quarter  into  operating  expenses  from 
accumulated other comprehensive income.  At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the notional values of these contracts, designated 
for hedge accounting, were $503 million and $528 million.  Amounts reclassified to earnings were not material for 2013 and 
2012. 

In 2012, we also entered into a number of forward contracts to hedge British pound denominated cash flows with a gross 
notional value of $151 million. These contracts matured in 2013. In 2013, we entered into an additional forward contract to 
hedge  a  separately  identifiable  Canadian  dollar  denominated  cash  flow  with  a  gross  notional  value  of  $177  million.  This 
contract  matures  in  less  than  one  year.  Neither  of  these  contracts  were  designated  for  hedge  accounting  and  accordingly, 
changes  in  the  fair  values  of  these  contracts  are  recorded  directly  in  earnings.   At  March 31,  2013  and  2012,  the  notional 
values of these contracts, not  designated for  hedge  accounting, were $172  million and $151  million.  Amounts recorded to 
earnings were not material for 2013 and 2012. 

Refer to Financial Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements," for more information on these recurring fair value measurements.  

90 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

19.   Fair Value Measurements 

Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The analysis of fair value is conducted by our accounting 
and  finance  personnel  who  organizationally  report  to  the  Chief  Financial  Officer.  There  is  a  three-level  hierarchy  that 
prioritizes the inputs used in determining fair value by their reliability and preferred use, as follows: 

Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical 
or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by 
observable market data. 

Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.  

At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying amounts of cash, certain cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, drafts 
and accounts payable, short-term borrowings and other current liabilities approximated their estimated fair values because of 
the short maturity of these financial instruments.  

Our long-term debt and other financing are carried at amortized cost. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of 
these liabilities were $4.9 billion and $5.5 billion at March 31, 2013 and $3.6 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2012. The 
estimated fair values of our long-term debt and other financing were determined using quoted market prices in a less active 
market and other observable inputs from available market information, which are considered to be Level 2 inputs, and may 
not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in the future. 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

Our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following: 

(In millions) 

Cash Equivalents 

Money market funds (1) 
Time deposits (2) 
Repurchase agreements (2) 
Total cash equivalents 

March 31, 2013
Level 1  Level 2  Level 3

Total 

   Level 1 Level 2  Level 3  Total 

March 31, 2012

$  1,036 $

—
447
$  1,483 $

— $ — $ 1,036    $
95
—
95 $ — $ 1,578    $ 1,016 $ 

805 $  — $  — $
—
211

805
132
—
132
—
211
—
132 $  — $ 1,148

95   
447   

—
—

(1)  Gross  unrealized  gain  and  losses  were  not  material  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2013  and  2012.  Based  on  quoted  prices  of  identical 

investments. 

(2)  The carrying amounts of these cash equivalents approximated their estimated fair values because of their short maturities. 

Fair  values  of  our  forward  foreign  currency  derivatives  were  determined  using  quoted  market  prices  of  similar 
instruments in an active market and other observable inputs from available market information.  These inputs are considered 
Level 2 under the fair value measurements and disclosure guidance, and may not be representative of actual values that could 
have been realized or that will be realized in the future. Fair values for our net foreign currency hedges were not material at 
March 31, 2013 and 2012. 

There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended March 31, 

2013 and 2012.  

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

We  measure  certain  long-lived  assets  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis  when  they  are  deemed  to  be  other-than-
temporarily impaired. If the cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, we evaluate, among other factors, our intent to hold 
the investment, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which the fair value is less than cost and the financial 
outlook for the industry and location. An impairment charge is recorded when the cost of the asset exceeds its fair value and 
this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary.  

For the year ended March 31, 2013, assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis consisted of our investment in 
Nadro and goodwill for a reporting unit within our Technology Solutions segment. Both of these assets were measured using 
Level 3 inputs. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the year ended March 31, 2013.  

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the year ended March 31, 2012. 

Impairment of an Equity Investment: 

As discussed in Financial Note 4, “Impairment of an Equity Investment,” based on a recent evaluation we committed to a 
plan  to  sell  our  investment  in  Nadro  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $191  million  to 
reduce  the  carrying  value  to  fair  value.  Fair  value  of  our  investment  in  Nadro  was  determined  using  income  and  market 
valuation  approaches.  Under  the  income  approach,  we  used  a  discounted  cash  flow  (“DCF”)  analysis  based  on  estimated 
future  results.  This  valuation  approach  is  considered  a  Level  3  fair  value  measurement  due  to  the  use  of  significant 
unobservable  inputs  related  to  the  timing  and  amount  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  projections  of  revenues  and  operating 
costs  and  discounting  those  cash  flows  to  their  present  value.  The  key  inputs  and  assumptions  of  the  DCF  method  are  the 
projected  cash  flows,  the  terminal  value  of  the  business  and  the  discount  rate.  The  key  inputs  for  the  market  valuation 
approach  were  Nadro's  fiscal  2012  unaudited  earnings  before  interest,  depreciation  and  amortization  ("EBITDA")  and  an 
EBITDA  multiple based on similar guideline U.S. pharmaceutical companies whose securities are actively traded in public 
markets. This valuation approach is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement. Finally, we evaluated the fair values under 
both valuation methods and concluded on an average of the two methods. 

Goodwill: 

As discussed in Financial Note 3, "Asset Impairments and Product Alignment Charges," in 2013 we recorded a goodwill 
impairment  charge  of  $36  million  in  one  of  Technology  Solutions  segment's  reporting  units.  The  impairment  charge  was 
primarily  the  result  of  a  significant  decrease  in  estimated  revenues  for  a  software  product.  As  required  under  step  two 
goodwill impairment testing, we determined the fair value of the reporting unit and the fair value of the reporting units' net 
assets,  excluding  goodwill  but  including  any  unrecognized  intangible  assets.  The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  was  then 
calculated on a residual basis  – that is, by subtracting the  sum of the fair value of the net  assets from the fair value of the 
reporting unit. The impairment was equal to the carrying amount of goodwill.  

Fair value assessment of the reporting unit as well as the reporting unit's net assets are considered a Level 3 measurement 
due to the significance of unobservable inputs developed using company specific information. We used the market approach 
and income approach (DCF model) to determine the fair value of the reporting unit and a DCF model to determine the fair 
value  of  the  reporting  unit's  most  significant  assets  –  intangibles.  Additionally,  fair  values  reflect  a  risk  premium  to  the 
discount rate due to the uncertainty in forecasting future cash flows.  

92 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

20.  Lease Obligations 

We  lease  facilities  and  equipment  almost  solely  under  operating  leases.  At  March 31,  2013,  future  minimum  lease 
payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year for 
years ending March 31 are: 

(In millions) 

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments (1) 

Noncancelable 
Operating  
Leases

$ 

$ 

213
165
118
90
63
202

851

(1)  Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $33 million due under future noncancelable subleases.  

Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  $242 million,  $240 million  and  $157 million  in  2013,  2012  and  2011.  We 
recognize  rent  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  taking  into  account,  when  applicable,  lessor 
incentives for tenant improvements, periods where no rent payment is required and escalations in rent payments over the term 
of the lease. Deferred rent is recognized for the difference between the rent expense recognized on a straight-line basis and the 
payments made per the terms of the lease. Remaining terms for facilities leases generally range from one to seven years, while 
remaining  terms  for  equipment  leases  range  from  one  to  five  years.  Most  real  property  leases  contain  renewal  options 
(generally  for  five-year  increments)  and  provisions  requiring  us  to  pay  property  taxes  and  operating  expenses  in  excess  of 
base period amounts. Sublease rental income was not material for 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

21.  Financial Guarantees and Warranties 

Financial Guarantees 

We have agreements with certain of our Canadian customers' financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the 
repurchase  of  our  customers'  inventory  or  our  customers'  debt  in  the  event  these  customers  are  unable  to  meet  their 
obligations  to  those  financial  institutions.  For  our  inventory  repurchase  agreement,  among  other  requirements,  inventories 
must be in resalable condition and any repurchase would be at a discount. The inventory repurchase agreements mostly range 
from  one  to  two  years.  Customers'  debt  guarantees  range  from  one  to  five  years  and  are  primarily  provided  to  facilitate 
financing for certain customers. The majority of our customers' debt guarantees are secured by certain assets of the customer. 
At  March 31,  2013,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory  repurchase  guarantees  and  customers'  debt  guarantees  were 
$155 million and $53 million, none of which had been accrued. The expirations of the above noted financial guarantees are as 
follows: $121 million, $35 million, $3 million, $1 million and nil from 2014 through 2018 and $48 million thereafter. 

At March 31, 2013, our banks and insurance companies have issued $98 million of standby letters of credit and surety 
bonds,  which  were  issued  on  our  behalf  mostly  related  to  our  customer  contracts  and  in  order  to  meet  the  security 
requirements  for  statutory  licenses  and  permits,  court  and  fiduciary  obligations  and  our  workers'  compensation  and 
automotive liability programs. Additionally, at March 31, 2013, we have a commitment to contribute up to $72 million to a 
non-consolidated investment for building and equipment construction. 

Our software license agreements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our 
software products infringe a third party's intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as  a 
result of such indemnification agreements and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations. 

93 

 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  conjunction  with  certain  transactions,  primarily  divestitures,  we  may  provide  routine  indemnification  agreements 
(such as retention of previously existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities) whose terms vary in duration and often 
are  not  explicitly  defined.  Where  appropriate,  obligations  for  such  indemnifications  are  recorded  as  liabilities.  Because  the 
amounts  of  these  indemnification  obligations  often  are  not  explicitly  stated,  the  overall  maximum  amount  of  these 
commitments cannot be reasonably estimated. Other than obligations recorded as liabilities at the time of divestiture, we have 
historically not made significant payments as a result of these indemnification provisions. 

Warranties 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  provide  certain  warranties  and  indemnification  protection  for  our  products  and 
services.  For  example,  we  provide  warranties  that  the  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  products  we  distribute  are  in 
compliance  with  the  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act  and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  We  have  received  the  same 
warranties  from  our  suppliers,  which  customarily  are  the  manufacturers  of  the  products.  In  addition,  we  have  indemnity 
obligations  to  our  customers  for  these  products,  which  have  also  been  provided  to  us  from  our  suppliers,  either  through 
express agreement or by operation of law. 

We also provide warranties regarding the performance of software and automation products we sell. Our liability under 
these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed upon specifications. For software products, 
this may result in additional project costs, which are reflected in our estimates used for the percentage-of-completion method 
of accounting for software installation services within these contracts. In addition, most of our customers who purchase our 
software  and  automation  products  also  purchase  annual  maintenance  agreements.  Revenues  from  these  maintenance 
agreements  are  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  contract  period  and  the  cost  of  servicing  product  warranties  is 
charged  to  expense  when  claims  become  estimable.  Accrued  warranty  costs  were  not  material  to  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets. 

22.  Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, other 
pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  damages,  investigations  relating  to  governmental  laws  and  regulations  and  other 
matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business. As described below, many of these proceedings are at preliminary 
stages and many seek an indeterminate amount of damages. 

When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for 
the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and 
determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and 
the  potential  effect  of  future  events  and  decisions  by  third  parties  that  will  determine  the  ultimate  resolution  of  the 
contingency.  Moreover,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  such  matters  to  be  resolved  over  many  years,  during  which  time  relevant 
developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss 
and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate 
cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided.  

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible 
that  the  amount  of  a  loss  will  exceed  the  recorded  provision.  We  review  all  contingencies  at  least  quarterly  to  determine 
whether  the  likelihood  of  loss  has  changed  and  to  assess  whether  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  loss  or  range  of  loss  can  be 
made. As discussed above, development of a  meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex  when the 
outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system 
and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss 
and boundaries of high and low estimates. 

We  are  party  to  the  legal  proceedings  described  below.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  we  are  currently  unable  to  estimate  a 
range of reasonably possible losses for the unresolved proceedings described below. Should any one or a combination of more 
than one of these proceedings be successful, or should we determine to settle any or a combination of these matters, we may 
be required to pay substantial sums, become subject to the entry of an injunction or be forced to change the manner in which 
we operate our business, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations.  

94 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

I. Average Wholesale Price Litigation and Claims 

The following matters involve a benchmark referred to as “AWP,” which is utilized by some public and private payers to 
calculate  a  portion  of  the  amount  that  pharmacies  and  other  providers  are  reimbursed  for  dispensing  certain  covered 
prescription  drugs.  The  plaintiff  in  each  of  these  cases  alleges  that  in  late  2001  the  Company  and  First  DataBank,  Inc. 
(“FDB”),  a  publisher  of  pharmaceutical  pricing  information,  conspired  to  improperly  raise  the  published  AWP  for  certain 
prescription drugs, and that this alleged conduct resulted in higher drug reimbursement payments.  

The Mississippi Action 

On October 8, 2010, an action was filed in the Mississippi state court of Hinds County by the State of Mississippi against 
the  Company  asserting  claims  under  RICO,  Mississippi's  Medicaid  Fraud  Control  Act,  Mississippi's  Consumer  Protection 
Act, and for civil conspiracy, tortious interference with contract, unjust enrichment, and fraud, and seeking damages, treble 
damages, civil penalties, restitution, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified 
amounts,  State  of  Mississippi  v.  McKesson  Corporation,  et  al.,  (251-10-862CIV).  On  February  22,  2013,  the  Company 
entered into a settlement agreement with the State of Mississippi. On March 18, 2013, pursuant to the settlement agreement, 
the parties filed a stipulation dismissing the Mississippi Action with prejudice. 

The Alaska Action 

On  October 12,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  Alaska  state  court  by  the  State  of  Alaska  against  the  Company  and  FDB 
asserting claims under Alaska's unfair and deceptive trade practices statute, and for fraud and civil conspiracy, and seeking 
damages,  treble  damages,  punitive  damages,  civil  penalties,  disgorgement  of  profits,  as  well  as  declaratory  relief,  interest, 
attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Alaska v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (3AN-10-11348-
CI). On March 14, 2013, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the State of Alaska. On March 22, 2013, the 
court granted the parties' joint motion to dismiss with prejudice the claims asserted against the Company in the Alaska Action.  

The Hawaii Action 

On November 10, 2010, an action was filed in Hawaii state court by the State of Hawaii against the Company and FDB 
asserting claims under Hawaii's false claims statute, Hawaii's unfair and deceptive trade practices statute, and for fraud and 
civil conspiracy, and seeking damages, treble damages, punitive damages, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well as 
interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Hawaii v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (10-1-
2411-11-GWBC). On April 12, 2011, the court denied the Company's motion to dismiss the State's complaint. On January 16, 
2013, the court entered an order granting the Company's unopposed motion to continue the trial date to February 17, 2014. On 
May  2,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  State  of  Hawaii.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  the 
parties will file a stipulation dismissing with prejudice the claims asserted against the Company. 

The Louisiana Action 

On  December 20,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  Louisiana  state  court  by  the  State  of  Louisiana  against  the  Company 
asserting  claims  under  Louisiana's  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices  statute,  Louisiana's  Medical  Assistance  Programs 
Integrity  Law,  Louisiana's  antitrust  statute,  and  for  fraud,  negligent  misrepresentation,  civil  conspiracy,  and  unjust 
enrichment, and seeking damages, statutory fines, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well as interest, attorneys' fees 
and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Louisiana v. McKesson Corporation, (C597634 Sec. 23). On December 
21, 2012, and January 18, 2013, the Company entered into separate agreements in settlement of the Louisiana Action and a 
claim for attorneys' fees and costs by the State of Louisiana's counsel. On April 19, 2013, the court granted the parties' joint 
motions seeking dismissal of the Louisiana Action with prejudice and approval of the attorneys' fees and costs settlement. 

95 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Arizona Administrative Proceeding 

On November 5, 2010, the Company received a Notice of Proposed Civil Monetary Penalty from the Office of Inspector 
General for the Arizona Health Care Cost Containment System (“AHCCCS”) purporting to initiate an administrative claim 
process against the Company, and seeking civil penalties in the amount of $101 million and an assessment in the amount of 
$112 million for false claims allegedly submitted to the Arizona Medicaid program (No. 2010-1218). On February 28, 2011, 
the Company filed a complaint in Arizona Superior Court, County of Maricopa, against AHCCCS and its Director, alleging 
that the administrative proceeding commenced by AHCCCS violates the Arizona Administrative Procedure Act and the Due 
Process  Clauses  of  the  Arizona  Constitution  and  the  United  States  Constitution,  and  seeking  to  enjoin  AHCCCS's 
administrative proceeding, a declaratory judgment that AHCCCS lacks jurisdiction and legal authority to impose penalties or 
assessments against the Company, as well as costs of suit, McKesson Corporation v. AHCCCS, (No. CV-2011-004446). On 
April 28, 2011, the court ruled that AHCCCS has no jurisdiction to impose penalties or assessments against the Company and 
enjoined AHCCCS from prosecuting the penalty proceeding against the Company. On May 31, 2011, the court entered final 
judgment in favor of the Company.  

On June 16, 2011, AHCCCS filed a notice of appeal. On September 6, 2012, the Arizona court of appeals issued an order 
affirming the trial court's order enjoining AHCCCS from prosecuting the penalty proceeding against the Company. The time 
for the filing of a petition for review has expired and no such petition was filed. 

On November 9, 2012, the Company received a Revised Notice of Proposed Civil Monetary Penalty from the Office of 
Inspector General for AHCCCS purporting to reinitiate the administrative proceeding against the Company, and seeking civil 
penalties in the amount of $112 million and an assessment in the amount of $102 million for false claims allegedly submitted 
to  the  Arizona  Medicaid  program.  The  Company  intends  to  challenge  the  reinitiated  proceeding  and  proposed  penalty  and 
assessment by AHCCCS. 

The Virginia Action 

On  June 8,  2011,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  California  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Virginia  against  the  Company  and  two  of  its  employees  asserting  claims  under  RICO,  Virginia's  false 
claims statute, Virginia's fraud statute, and for conspiracy to defraud, and seeking damages, treble damages, civil penalties, 
interest,  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  v.  McKesson  Corporation,  et  al.,  (C11-
02782-SI).  On  October  13,  2011,  the  court  denied  the  Company's  motion  to  dismiss  the  Commonwealth's  complaint.  On 
March 28, 2013, the court granted the two individual defendants' motion for summary judgment on all claims asserted against 
them. Discovery is ongoing, and trial is set for November 18, 2013. 

Shareholder Derivative Action 

On  September  10,  2012,  a  derivative  action  was  filed  in  California  Superior  Court,  San  Francisco  County,  by  a 
shareholder  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the  Company  against  certain  past  and  present  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company, 
alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties and wasted Company assets by failing to prevent the underlying conduct that 
resulted in the Company's AWP litigation, and seeking damages, corporate governance and procedural reforms, equitable and 
injunctive relief, restitution, disgorgement of profits, as well as attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts,  
Daniel  Himmel  v.  John  Hammergren  et  al.,  (12-524074).   On  April  12,  2013,  the  Company  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  the 
complaint. The hearing on the Company's motion is set for June 28, 2013. 

The Arizona Action 

On September 14, 2012, an action was filed in Arizona state court, Maricopa County, by the State of Arizona against the 
Company asserting claims under the Arizona Consumer Fraud Act, and seeking injunctive relief, restitution, civil penalties, as 
well  as  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  State  of  Arizona  ex  rel.  Thomas  Horne  v.  McKesson 
Corporation, (2012-013707). On November 7, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. The hearing on 
the Company's motion is set for May 10, 2013. 

96 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Wisconsin Action 

On October 2, 2012, an action was filed in Wisconsin state court, Dane County, by the State of Wisconsin against the 
Company, FDB, the Hearst Corporation, and Hearst Business Media asserting claims under Wisconsin consumer protection 
and false claims statutes, and for civil conspiracy, and seeking damages, treble damages, civil penalties, forfeitures, injunctive 
relief, as well as attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts,  State of Wisconsin v. McKesson Corporation, et 
al., (12CV3948). On April 8, 2013, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the State of Wisconsin. On April 
23,  2013,  the  Court  entered  an  order  dismissing  with  prejudice  the  claims  asserted  against  the  Company  in  the  Wisconsin 
Action. 

The New Jersey Qui Tam AWP Action 

In June 2007, the Company was informed that a relator had previously filed a qui tam action in the United States District 
Court for the District of New Jersey, purportedly on behalf of the United States, twelve states (California, Delaware, Florida, 
Hawaii,  Illinois,  Louisiana,  Massachusetts,  Nevada,  New  Mexico,  Tennessee,  Texas  and  Virginia)  and  the  District  of 
Columbia  against  the  Company  and  seven  other  defendants.  In  January 2009,  the  Company  was  provided  with  a  courtesy 
copy of the relator's third amended complaint, which alleges claims against the Company and seven other defendants under 
the  False  Claims  Act  and  various  state  false  claims  statutes.  The  claims  arise  out  of  alleged  manipulation  of  AWP  by  the 
defendants.  This  qui  tam  action  was  brought  on  behalf  of  the  United  States  and  various  states,  and  seeks  damages,  treble 
damages and civil penalties, as well as attorneys' fees and costs of suit.  

On  June 11,  2012,  pursuant  to  the  Company's  previously  reported  settlement  agreement  with  the  United  States 
Department  of  Justice,  the  court  entered  an  order  which  became  effective  on  July 11,  2012,  dismissing  with  prejudice  the 
claims  asserted  against  Company  on  behalf  of  the  United  States  to  the  extent  those  claims  were  encompassed  by  the 
settlement release in the written settlement agreement between the Company and the United States. On September 17, 2012, 
the states that participated in the previously reported settlement sponsored by the coalition of Attorneys General and on whose 
behalf claims were filed against the Company in the New Jersey qui tam action filed a notice dismissing those claims to the 
extent those claims were encompassed by the settlement release in the parties' agreements. 

The  Company  has  a  reserve  relating  to  AWP  public  entity  claims,  which  is  reviewed  at  least  quarterly  and  whenever 
events  or  circumstances  indicate  changes,  including  consideration  of  the  pace  and  progress  of  discussions  relating  to 
potentially resolving other public entity claims. Pre-tax charges relating to changes in the Company's AWP litigation reserve, 
including  accrued  interest,  are  recorded  in  the  Distribution  Solutions  segment.  The  Company's  AWP  litigation  reserve  is 
included  in  other  current  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  In  view  of  the  number  of  outstanding  cases  and 
expected future claims, and the uncertainties of the timing and outcome of this type of litigation, it is possible that the ultimate 
costs of these matters may exceed or be less than the reserve.  

The following is the activity related to the AWP litigation reserve for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

(In millions) 

AWP litigation reserve at beginning of period 
Charges incurred 
Payments made 

AWP litigation reserve at end of period 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

$

$

$ 

453
72
(483)

42

$ 

330
149
(26) 

453

$ 

$ 

143
213
(26)

330

The charges for 2013 primarily related to state Medicaid claims. The charges for 2012 primarily related to the Douglas 
County, Kansas Action settlement and the state and federal Medicaid claims. The charges for 2011 primarily related to the 
state and federal Medicaid claims.  

97 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

II. Other Litigation and Claims  

In connection with the Company's execution of an agreement to acquire PSS World Medical, on December 5, 2012, a 
putative class action complaint was filed in Florida state court, Duval County, by an alleged public shareholder of PSS World 
Medical against PSS World Medical, members of PSS World Medical's board of directors, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 
Goldman, Sachs & Co, and the Company, Baltimore County Employees' Retirement System v. Gary A. Corless, et al., (No.16-
2012-CA-013015). The suit alleges that PSS World Medical and its board members breached their fiduciary duties by failing 
to maximize shareholder value and by failing to disclose material information in the preliminary proxy statement, and that the 
Company and others aided and abetted various fiduciary duty breaches in connection with the proposed merger. In addition to 
monetary damages in an unspecified amount and other remedies, the  suit  seeks to  enjoin consummation of the  merger. On 
February 8, 2013, the parties agreed in principle to settle the action as a non-opt out class action, subject to court approval, 
with enhanced disclosures, a request for attorneys' fees, and no affect on the consideration to be received by PSS shareholders 
as a result of the Company's agreement to acquire PSS. The agreement includes an express denial of any liability on the part 
of  the  Company.  The  parties  will  seek  to  enter  into  a  stipulation  of  settlement  that  will  be  presented  to  the  court  for  final 
approval.  

III. Government Investigations  

From time-to-time, the Company receives subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies. The 
Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a cooperative, thorough and timely manner. These responses 
sometimes require time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred by the Company. Such subpoenas and 
requests  also  can  lead  to  the  assertion  of  claims  or  the  commencement  of  civil  or  criminal  legal  proceedings  against  the 
Company  and  other  members  of  the  health  care  industry,  as  well  as  to  settlements.  An  example  is  an  investigation  by  the 
Regie de l'assurance maladie du Quebec (“RAMQ”), a provincial government agency with administrative authority over the 
conduct of pharmaceutical businesses in the province of Quebec, Canada. Since 2009, the Company has cooperated with and 
responded to this investigation which focused on certain discounts and payments offered to pharmacies in Quebec, as well as 
payments  received  by  the  Company  from  certain  manufacturers.   In  the  third  quarter  of  2013,  the  Company  engaged  in 
settlement discussions to resolve potential legal claims against the Company and its customers and suppliers arising from the 
investigation.  On  April  19,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  with  the  RAMQ,  to  settle  all  potential 
claims of the RAMQ arising from the investigation. The agreement provides that the Company will pay $40 million to the 
RAMQ, and provides for a full release of all potential claims by the RAMQ arising from the investigation. The agreement 
includes an express denial of any liability on the part of the Company. The Company has fully reserved for the financial effect 
of this agreement. In addition, in the third quarter 2013, the Company was informed of an investigation by the United States 
Department  of  Justice  through  the  United  States  Attorney's  Office  for  the  Middle  District  of  Tennessee.  The  Company 
believes  that  the  investigation  is  focused  on  distribution  procedures  with  respect  to  the  Vaccine  for  Children's  Program 
administered  by  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention.  In  connection  with  the  investigation,  the  Company  has 
received and has responded to a subpoena seeking information and records from the Company's Specialty Health business.  

IV. Environmental Matters  

Primarily as a result of the operation of the Company's former chemical businesses, which were fully divested by 1987, 
the  Company  is  involved  in  various  matters  pursuant  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  The  Company  has  received 
claims  and  demands  from  governmental  agencies  relating  to  investigative  and  remedial  actions  purportedly  required  to 
address  environmental  conditions  alleged  to  exist  at  eight  sites  where  it,  or  entities  acquired  by  it,  formerly  conducted 
operations and the Company, by administrative order or otherwise, has agreed to take certain actions at those sites, including 
soil  and  groundwater  remediation.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  one  of  multiple  recipients  of  a  New  Jersey  Department  of 
Environmental Protection Agency directive and a separate United States Environmental Protection Agency directive relating 
to potential natural resources damages (“NRD”) associated with one of these eight sites. Although the Company's potential 
allocation under either directive cannot be determined at this time, it has agreed to participate with a potentially responsible 
party (“PRP”) group in the funding of an NRD assessment, the costs of which are reflected in the aggregate estimates set forth 
below.  

Based on a determination by the Company's environmental staff, in consultation with outside environmental specialists 
and counsel, the current estimate of the Company's probable loss associated with the remediation costs for these eight sites is 
$7 million, net of approximately $1 million that third parties have agreed to pay in settlement or is expected, based either on 
agreements or nonrefundable contributions which are ongoing, to be contributed by third parties. The $7 million is expected 
to be paid out between April 2013 and March 2033. The Company's estimated probable loss for these environmental matters 
has been entirely accrued for in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  

98 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  addition,  the  Company  has  been  designated  as  a  PRP  under  the  Superfund  law  for  environmental  assessment  and 
cleanup costs as the result of its alleged disposal of hazardous substances at 14 sites. With respect to these sites, numerous 
other PRPs have similarly been designated and while the current state of the law potentially imposes joint and several liability 
upon PRPs, as a practical matter, costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs. At one of these sites, the United 
States  Environmental  Protection  Agency  has  selected  a  preferred  remedy  with  an  estimated  cost  of  approximately  $70 
million. It is not certain at this point in time what proportion of this estimated liability will be borne by the Company or by the 
other PRPs. Accordingly, the Company's estimated probable loss at those 14 sites is approximately $19 million, which  has 
been entirely accrued for in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, however, it is possible that the ultimate costs of 
these matters may exceed or be less than the reserves.  

V. Other Matters  

The Company is involved in various other litigation and governmental proceedings, not described above, that arise in the 
normal course of business. While it is not possible to determine the ultimate outcome or the duration of any such litigation or 
governmental proceedings, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and the advice of counsel, that such litigation 
and proceedings will not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. 

23.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Each  share  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock  is  permitted  one  vote  on  proposals  presented  to  stockholders 

and is entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by the Company's Board of Directors (the “Board”).  

In April 2011, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.18 to $0.20 per common share for dividends declared after such 
date, until further action by the Board. Dividends were $0.80 per share in 2013 and 2012, and $0.72 per share in 2011. The 
Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, the payment and amount of 
future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the  Company's  future  earnings,  financial 
condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

Share Repurchase Plans 

Stock repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through 
accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) programs, or by any combination of such methods. The timing of any repurchases and 
the  actual  number  of  shares  repurchased  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  our  stock  price,  corporate  and 
regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions. 

99 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Information regarding the share repurchase activity over the last three years is as follows: 

Share Repurchases (1) 

Total  
Number of 
Shares 

Purchased (2) (3)       

Average 
Price  
Paid Per 
Share 

Approximate  
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be 
Purchased  
Under the  
Programs 

   $ 

531

29 

20 

13 

$

69.62   

   $ 

$

83.47   

   $ 

$

100.82   

   $ 

1,000
1,000
(2,032)
499

1,000
650
(1,850)
299

700
500
(1,159)
340

(In millions, except price per share data) 
Balance, March 31, 2010 
Share repurchase plans approved: 

April 2010 
October 2010 

Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2011 
Share repurchase plans approved: 

April 2011 
January 2012 
Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2012 
Share repurchase plans approved: 

April 2012 
January 2013 
Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2013 

(1)  This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee stock options or 

shares tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.  

(2)  All of the shares purchased were part of the publicly announced programs.  
(3)  The number of shares purchased reflects rounding adjustments. 

In  2013,  the  majority  of  share  repurchases  were  transacted  through  open  market  repurchases.  In  2012  and  2011,  the 
majority of our share repurchases were transacted through a number of ASR programs with third party financial institutions. 
The  shares  repurchased  through  ASR  programs  during  the  last  three  years  are  as  follows:  $1.0 billion  in  May  2010, 
$275 million in March 2011, $650 million in May 2011, $1.2 billion in March 2012 and $150 million in March 2013. 

In March 2012, we entered into an ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $1.2 billion of the 
Company's common stock. As of March 31, 2012, we had received 12.0  million shares representing the  minimum number of 
shares due under this program. This program was completed in multiple tranches, and we received 0.9 million additional shares 
during the first quarter of 2013. In July 2012, we received 0.6 million additional shares upon completion of this program. The 
total number of shares repurchased under this program was 13.5 million shares at an average price per share of $89.10. 

In March 2013, we entered into an ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $150 million of the 
Company's common stock. As of March 31, 2013, we had received 1.2 million shares representing the minimum number of 
shares due under this program. This ASR program was completed on April 17, 2013 and we received 0.2 million additional 
shares  on  April  22,  2013.  The  total  number  of  shares  repurchased  under  this  ASR  program  was  1.4  million  shares  at  an 
average price per share of $107.63. 

In 2013, we also repurchased 9.9 million shares for $1.0 billion through open market transactions at an average price per 
share of $101.70.  The total authorization outstanding for repurchases of the Company's common stock was $340 million at 
March 31, 2013. 

100 

  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  we  retired  1.8  million  shares  repurchased  for  $217 million  by  the  Company.    The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares. We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price over par 
value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. As such, $195 million was recorded as a decrease to retained 
earnings. 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Information regarding other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax by component are as follows: 

 (In millions) 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Years Ended March 31, 

2013

2012 

2011

Foreign currency translation adjustments arising during period, net of 

income tax expense (benefit) of ($2), $2 and $2 

$

(52)   $ 

(56 )    $ 

76

Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges 

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges arising during period, net of income 

tax benefit of nil, nil and nil 

—   

(5)    

—

Changes in retirement-related benefit plans 

Net actuarial loss arising during period, net of income tax (benefit) of ($22), 

($18) and ($5) 

(40)   

(38)    

(9)

Amortization of actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation, 

net of income tax (benefit) of ($12), ($9) and ($8) 

18   

17   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax expense of nil, 

nil and nil 

4   
(18)   

—   
(21)    

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax 

$

(70)   $ 

(82 )    $ 

14

—
5

81

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Information regarding changes in our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are as follows: 

(In millions) 
Balance at March 31, 2011 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance at March 31, 2012 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance at March 31, 2013 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments, 
Net of Tax

Unrealized 
Losses on Cash 
Flow Hedges,  
Net of Tax

Unrealized Net 
Loss and Other 
Components of 
Benefit Plans, 
Net of Tax 

Total 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)
87
(82)
5
(70)
(65)

(157)    $ 
(21)   
(178)    $ 
(18)   
(196)    $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

244   $
(56)  
188   $
(52)  
136   $

—   $
(5)  
(5)   $
—  
(5)   $

101 

 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

24.  Related Party Balances and Transactions 

Notes  receivable  outstanding  from  certain  of  our  current  and  former  officers  totaled  $7  million  and  $15  million  at 
March 31,  2013  and  2012.  These  notes  related  to  purchases  of  common  stock  under  our  various  employee  stock  purchase 
plans.  The  notes  bear  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  4.7%  to  7.1%  and  were  due  at  various  dates  through  February  2004. 
Interest income on these notes is recognized only to the extent that cash is received. These notes, which are included in other 
capital in the consolidated balance sheets, were issued for amounts equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the 
purchase  and  are  at  full  recourse  to  the  borrower.  At  March 31,  2013,  the  value  of  the  underlying  stock  collateral  was 
$6 million. The collectability of these notes is evaluated on an ongoing basis. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, we provided a 
reserve of $1 million and nil for the outstanding notes. 

In  April  2012,  we  purchased  the  remaining  ownership  interest  in  our  corporate  headquarters  building  which  was 
previously accounted for as an equity method investment. As a result, there was no annual rental expense paid in 2013. We 
incurred $10 million in 2012 and $11 million in 2011 of annual rental expense paid to this equity-held investment. 

25.  Segments of Business 

We  report  our  operations  in  two  operating  segments:  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  and  McKesson  Technology 
Solutions.  The  factors  for  determining  the  reportable  segments  included  the  manner  in  which  management  evaluates  the 
performance of the Company combined with the nature of the individual business activities. We evaluate the performance of 
our operating segments on a number of measures, including operating profit before interest expense, income taxes and results 
from discontinued operations.  

The  Distribution  Solutions  segment  distributes  ethical  and  proprietary  drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and  equipment 
and  health  and  beauty  care  products  throughout  North  America.  This  segment  also  provides  specialty  pharmaceutical 
solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  sells  financial,  operational  and  clinical  solutions  for  pharmacies 
(retail, hospital, alternate site) and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services. This segment includes a 49% interest 
in Nadro, a pharmaceutical distributor in Mexico. 

The  Technology  Solutions  segment  delivers  enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain,  strategic 
management software solutions, pharmacy automation for hospitals, as well as connectivity, claims processing, outsourcing 
and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations. This segment also includes 
McKesson Health Solutions business, which includes our InterQual® clinical criteria solution, claims payment solutions and 
network performance tools. The segment's customers include hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and 
payers from North America, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. 

Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are classified in one of three categories: services, software and software 
systems and hardware. Services revenues primarily include fees associated with installing our software and software systems, 
as well as revenues associated with software maintenance and support, remote processing, disease and medical management, 
claims processing, and other outsourcing and professional services. Software and software systems revenues primarily include 
revenues  from  licensing  our  software  and  software  systems,  including  the  segment's  clinical  auditing  and  compliance  and 
InterQual® businesses. 

Corporate  includes  expenses  associated  with  Corporate  functions  and  projects  and  the  results  of  certain  equity 
investments.  Corporate  expenses  are  allocated  to  the  operating  segments  to  the  extent  that  these  items  can  be  directly 
attributable to the segment.  

102 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial information relating to our reportable operating segments and reconciliations to the consolidated totals is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Distribution Solutions (1) 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services 
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 

Total Revenues 

Operating profit 
Distribution Solutions (2) 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Corporate Expenses, Net 
Interest expense 
Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes 

Depreciation and amortization (3) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 

Total 

Expenditures for long-lived assets (4) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 

Total 

Revenues, net by geographic area (5) 
United States 
International 

Total 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Years Ended March 31,
2012 

2011

2013

86,816   $ 
18,646   
105,462   
9,981   
3,611   
119,054   

85,523   $ 
20,453   
105,976   
10,303   
3,145   
119,424   

77,554
18,631
96,185
9,784
2,920
108,889

2,724   
576   
101   
3,401   

2,483
590
122
3,195
122,455   $  122,734   $  112,084

2,594   
596   
120   
3,310   

2,197   $ 
297   
2,494   
(335)   
(240)   
1,919   $ 

2,219   $ 
364   
2,583   
(413)   
(251)   
1,919   $ 

1,897
301
2,198
(341)
(222)
1,635

265   $ 
206   
120   
591   $ 

163   $ 
42   
41   
246   $ 

225   $ 
209   
117   
551   $ 

175   $ 
22   
28   
225   $ 

167
209
120
496

158
26
49
233

112,283   $  112,230   $  102,089
9,995
122,455   $  122,734   $  112,084

10,172   

10,504   

(1)  Revenues derived from services represent less than 2% of this segment’s total revenues.  
(2)  Operating profit for 2013 and 2011 includes the receipt of $44 million and $51 million representing our share of settlements of antitrust class 

action lawsuits brought against drug manufacturers, which were recorded as a reduction to cost of sales. 

(3)  Amounts primarily include amortization of acquired intangible assets purchased in connection with acquisitions, capitalized software held for 

sale and capitalized software for internal use.  

(4)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment. 
(5)  Net revenues were attributed to geographic areas based on the customers' shipment locations.  

103 

  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Segment assets and property, plant and equipment, net by geographic areas were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Segment assets 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Total 

Corporate 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other 

Total 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
United States 
International 

Total 

March 31, 

2013 

2012

27,307    $ 
3,829   
31,136   

2,456   
1,194   

34,786    $ 

1,205    $ 
116   
1,321    $ 

25,374
3,575
28,949

3,149
995

33,093

952
91
1,043

$

$

$

$

International  operations  primarily  consist  of  our  operations  in  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other  European 

countries, Asia Pacific and Israel. We also have an equity-held investment (Nadro) in Mexico.  

104 

  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded) 

26.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

The quarters results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. 

Selected quarterly financial information for the last two years is as follows: 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2013 
Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net income (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 
Earnings per common share (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

Diluted 
Basic 

Fiscal 2012 
Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net income (6) (7) 
Earnings per common share (6) (7) (8) 

Diluted 
Basic 

First  
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter 

30,798    $
1,600   
380   

29,850    $
1,720   
401   

31,187    $ 
1,668   
298   

30,620
1,996
259

1.58    $
1.61   

1.67    $
1.70   

1.24    $ 
1.27   

1.10
1.12

29,980    $
1,509   
286   

30,216    $
1,647   
296   

30,839    $ 
1,566   
300   

31,699
1,845
521

1.13    $
1.15   

1.18    $
1.20   

1.20    $ 
1.22   

2.09
2.14

$

$

$

$

(1)  Financial results for the first, second and fourth quarters of 2013 include AWP litigation charges of $16 million pre-tax ($10 million after-tax), 

$44 million pre-tax ($27 million after-tax) and $12 million pre-tax ($8 million after-tax), which were recorded in operating expenses. 

(2)  Financial results for the first quarter of 2013 include an $81 million pre-tax ($51 million after-tax) gain on business combination, which was 

recorded as a reduction to operating expenses. 

(3)  Financial  results  for  the  second,  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  2013  include  the  pre-tax  receipts  of  $19  million,  $8  million  and  $17  million 
representing our share of settlements of antitrust class action lawsuits brought against drug manufacturers, which were recorded as a reduction 
to cost of sales. 

(4)  Financial results for the third quarter of 2013 include a $40 million pre-tax ($29 million after-tax) charge for a legal dispute in our Canadian 

business which was recorded in operating expenses.  

(5)  Financial  results  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  include  the  following  pre-tax  impairment  charges:  an  equity  investment  of  $191  million, 

goodwill of $36 million, and capitalized software held for sale of $10 million. 

(6)  Financial results for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2012 include AWP litigation charges of $118 million pre-tax ($77 million after-
tax),  $27  million  pre-tax  ($15  million  after-tax)  and  $4 million  pre-tax  (benefit  of  $32 million  after-tax),  which  were  recorded  in  operating 
expenses. 

(7)  Financial results for the third and fourth quarters of 2012 include product alignment pre-tax charges of $42 million and $9 million. 
(8)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments.  

27.  Subsequent Event  

In  April  2013,  we  committed  to  a  plan  to  sell  our  International  Technology  and  our  Hospital  Automation  businesses. 

Financial results for these businesses will be reported as discontinued operations commencing in the first quarter of 2014.  

105 

  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

None. 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures. 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, with the participation of other members of the Company's 
management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report, and have concluded that 
our disclosure controls and procedures are effective based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures as required by 
paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management's report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) and the related report of our independent registered public accounting firm are included in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  under  the  headings,  “Management's  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Changes in Internal Controls 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the  evaluation 
required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during our fourth quarter of 2013 that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. 

Other Information. 

None. 

106 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART III 

Item 10. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

Information about our Directors is incorporated by reference from the discussion under Item 1 of our Proxy Statement for 
the  2013  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  heading  “Election  of  Directors.”  Information 
about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading 
“Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our  Proxy  Statement.  Information  about  our  Audit 
Committee, including the members of the committee and our Audit Committee Financial Expert, is incorporated by reference 
from  the  discussion  under  the  headings  “Audit  Committee  Report”  and  “Audit  Committee  Financial  Expert”  in  our  Proxy 
Statement. 

Information  about the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees, officers and directors can be 
found on our website, www.mckesson.com, under the caption "Investors - Corporate Governance." The Company's Corporate 
Governance  Guidelines  and  Charters  for  the  Audit  and  Compensation  Committees  and  the  Committee  on  Directors  and 
Corporate Governance can also be found on our website under the same caption. 

The Company intends to post on its website required information regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code 
of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and persons 
performing similar functions within four business days after any such amendment or waiver.  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation. 

Information  with  respect  to  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  the  heading  “Executive 

Compensation” in our Proxy Statement. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the 

discussion under the heading “Principal Stockholders” in our Proxy Statement. 

The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 2013 with respect to the plans under which the Company's 

common stock is authorized for issuance: 

Plan Category 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by 

security holders 

Number of securities
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights   

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights (1)    

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
the first column)

12.3 (2)    $

0.1 (4)    $

66.34   

34.47   

6.6 (3)

—

(1)  The weighted-average exercise price set forth in this column is calculated excluding outstanding restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards, since 

recipients are not required to pay an exercise price to receive the shares subject to these awards. 

(2)  Represents options and RSUs awarded under the following plans: (i) 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan 

and (ii) the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(3)  Represents  864,731  shares  available  for  purchase  under  the  2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  and  5,771,245  shares  available  for  grant 

under the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(4)  Represents options and RSUs awarded under the 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan. No further awards will be  made under this 

plan. 

The following  are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company's stockholders. The plans are 
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, except for the portion of the 2005 Stock Plan related 
to Non-Employee Directors, which is administered by the Board of Directors or its Committee on Directors and Corporate 
Governance. 

107 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

2005 Stock Plan:  The 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 25, 2005 and approved by the 
Company's stockholders on July 27, 2005. The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million shares in the form 
of stock options, restricted stock (“RS”), RSUs, performance-based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) and other share-based 
awards. For any one share of common stock issued in connection with a RS, RSU, PeRSU or other share-based award, two 
shares  shall  be  deducted  from  the  shares  available  for  future  grants.  Shares  of  common  stock  not  issued  or  delivered  as  a 
result  of  the  net  exercise  of  a  stock  option,  shares  used  to  pay  the  withholding  taxes  related  to  a  stock  award  or  shares 
repurchased  on  the  open  market  with  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  options  shall  not  be  returned  to  the  reserve  of  shares 
available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. 

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan generally 
have  a  contractual  term  of  seven  years.  Prior  to  2005,  stock  options  typically  had  a  contractual  term  of  ten  years.  Options 
generally become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant date. The vesting of RS or 
RSUs is determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. RS and RSUs generally vest over four years. RSUs 
granted under a PeRSU award generally vest three years following the end of the performance period. 

Non-employee directors may be granted an award on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders for up to 5,000 

RSUs, as determined by the Board. Such non-employee director award is fully vested on the date of the grant. 

1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Equity  Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan:    The  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Equity 
Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan  was  approved  by  the  Company's  stockholders  on  July  30,  1997;  however,  stockholder 
approval  of  the  2005  Stock  Plan  on  July  27,  2005  had  the  effect  of  terminating  the  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Equity 
Compensation and Deferral Plan such that no new awards would be granted under the 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Equity 
Compensation and Deferral Plan. 

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan  (the “ESPP”): The ESPP is intended  to qualify as  an “employee  stock purchase 
plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. In March 2002, the Board amended the ESPP to allow 
for  participation  in  the  plan  by  employees  of  certain  of  the  Company's  international  and  other  subsidiaries.  As  to  those 
employees,  the  ESPP  does  not  qualify  under  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Currently,  16 million  shares  have 
been approved by stockholders for issuance under the ESPP. 

The  ESPP  is  implemented  through  a  continuous  series  of  three-month  purchase  periods  (“Purchase  Periods”)  during 

which contributions can be made toward the purchase of common stock under the plan. 

Each eligible employee may elect to authorize regular payroll deductions during the next succeeding Purchase Period, the 
amount of which may not exceed 15% of a participant's compensation. At the end of each Purchase Period, the funds withheld 
by each participant will be used to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. The purchase price of each share of the 
Company's common stock is based on 85% of the fair market value of each share on the last day of the applicable Purchase 
Period. In general, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by a participant for each calendar 
year is determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of one share of common stock on the offering date. 

The following includes descriptions of equity plans that have not been submitted for approval by the Company's stockholders: 

On  July  27,  2005,  the  Company's  stockholders  approved  the  2005  Stock  Plan  which  had  the  effect  of  terminating  the 
1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan and certain 1999 one-time stock option 
plan awards, which plans had not been submitted for approval by the Company's stockholders, and, as noted above, the 1997 
Non-Employee  Directors'  Equity  Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan,  which  had  previously  been  approved  by  the  Company's 
stockholders. Prior grants under these plans include stock options, RS and RSUs. Stock options under the terminated plans 
generally  have  a  ten  year  life  and  vest  over  four  years.  RS  contains  certain  restrictions  on  transferability  and  may  not  be 
transferred  until  such  restrictions  lapse.  The  1999  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock  Plan  and  the  1997  Non-Employee 
Directors' Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan are the only terminated plans that have outstanding equity grants, which 
are subject to the terms and conditions of their respective plans, but no new grants will be made under these terminated plans. 

108 

 
 
 
Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence. 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement 
under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Additional information regarding certain related party 
balances and transactions is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Financial Note 
24, “Related Party Balances and Transactions,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is set forth under the heading “Ratification of Appointment 
of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the Company's Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Fiscal 2014” in our Proxy 
Statement and all such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

109 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule. 

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

Financial Notes 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Page 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

112 

All other schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are 
required or because the required information, where material, is shown in the financial statements, financial 
notes or supplementary financial information. 

(a)(3) Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those incorporated 
by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index 

113 

110 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: May 7, 2013 

   MCKESSON  CORPORATION 

   /s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
   Jeffrey C. Campbell
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated: 

* 

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

* 

Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Andy D. Bryant, Director 

Wayne A. Budd, Director 

Alton F. Irby III, Director 

Date: May 7, 2013 

M. Christine Jacobs, Director 

Marie L. Knowles, Director 

* 

* 

* 

David M. Lawrence, M.D., Director 

Edward A. Mueller, Director 

* 

* 

Jane E. Shaw, Director 

/s/ Laureen E. Seeger 

Laureen E. Seeger 
*Attorney-in-Fact 

111 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SCHEDULE II 

SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
For the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011  
(In millions) 

Description 
Year Ended March 31, 2013 
Allowances for doubtful  

accounts 

Other allowances 

Year Ended March 31, 2012 
Allowances for doubtful  

accounts 

Other allowances 

Year Ended March 31, 2011 
Allowances for doubtful  

accounts 

Other allowances 

(1)  Deductions: 
   Written off 
   Credited to other accounts 

   Total 

Additions

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Year

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts (3)

Deductions 
From 
Allowance 
Accounts (1)    

Balance at 
End of  
Year (2)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

111    $
14   

125    $

28    $
4   

32    $

16    $ 
1   

17    $ 

(34)    $ 
(4)   

(38)    $ 

124    $
16   

140    $

30    $
5   

35    $

—    $ 
—   

—    $ 

(43)    $ 
(7)   

(50)    $ 

131    $
24   

155    $

18    $
—   

18    $

5    $ 
(2)   

3    $ 

(30)    $ 
(6)   

(36)    $ 

121
15

136

111
14

125

124
16

140

2013

2012 

2011

   $

   $

(38)    $ 
—   

(38)    $ 

(44 )     $ 
(6)    

(50 )     $ 

(36)
—

(36)

(2)  Amounts shown as deductions from current and non-current 

receivables 

   $

136    $ 

125     $ 

140

(3)  Primarily represents reclassifications from other balance sheet 

accounts. 

112 

  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

The  agreements  included  as  exhibits  to  this  report  are  included  to  provide  information  regarding  their  terms  and  not 
intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The 
agreements  may  contain  representations  and  warranties  by  each  of  the  parties  to  the  applicable  agreement  that  were  made 
solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and; 

• 

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of 
the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; 

•  may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other 

investors; and 

•  were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the 

agreement and are subject to more recent developments. 

Accordingly,  these  representations  and  warranties  may  not  describe  the  actual  state  of  affairs  as  of  the  date  they  were 

made or at any other time.  

Exhibits  identified  under  “Incorporated  by  Reference”  in  the  table  below  are  on  file  with  the  Commission  and  are 

incorporated by reference as exhibits hereto. 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

Form

Number Exhibit 

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference 

File 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 
Company, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on 
July 27, 2011. 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as 
amended July 27, 2011. 
Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997, by and between the 
Company, as issuer, and The First National Bank of 
Chicago, as trustee. 
Officer's Certificate, dated as of March 11, 1997, and 
related Form of 2027 Note. 
Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, by and between the 
Company, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Trust 
Company, N.A., as trustee. 
Officer's Certificate, dated as of March 5, 2007, and related 
Form of 2017 Note. 
Officer's Certificate, dated as of February 12, 2009, and 
related Form of 2014 Note and Form of 2019 Note. 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 28, 
2011, to the Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, among 
the Company, as issuer, the Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of 
New York Trust Company, N.A.), and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as trustee, and related Form of 2016 
Note, Form of 2021 Note and Form of 2041 Note. 
Indenture, dated as of December 4, 2012, by and between 
the Company, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as trustee. 
Officers' Certificate, dated as of December 4, 2012, and 
related Form of 2015 Note and Form of 2022 Note.  
Officer's Certificate, dated as of March 8, 2013, and related 
Form of 2018 Note and Form of 2023 Note. 

8-K 

1-13252 

3.1 

August 2, 2011 

8-K 

1-13252 

3.2 

August 2, 2011 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.4 

June 19, 1997 

S-4 

333-30899 

4.2 

July 8, 1997 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.1 

March 5, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

March 5, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

February 12, 2009 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

February 28, 2011 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.1 

December 4, 2012 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

December 4, 2012 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

March 8, 2013 

10.1*  McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock Option and Restricted 
Stock Plan, as amended through May 26, 2004. 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.2 

May 7, 2008 

113 

  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

Form 

10.2*  McKesson Corporation 1997 Non-Employee Directors' 

10-K 

Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan, as amended 
through January 29, 2003. 

Incorporated by Reference 
Exhibit 

Filing Date 

File 
Number
1-13252 

10.4 

June 10, 2004 

10.3*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit Sharing 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

June 6, 2003 

Investment Plan, as amended and restated on January 29, 
2003. 

10.4*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit Sharing 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

October 29, 2008 

Investment Plan II, as amended and restated on October 24, 
2008. 

10.5*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

May 13, 2005 

Administration Plan, as amended and restated as of 
October 28, 2004. 

10.6*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.7 

May 7, 2008 

Administration Plan II, as amended and restated as of 
October 28, 2004, and Amendment No. 1 thereto effective 
July 25, 2007. 

10.7*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

October 29, 2008 

Administration Plan III, as amended and restated October 
24, 2008. 

10.8*  McKesson Corporation Option Gain Deferral Plan, as 
amended and restated as of October 28, 2004. 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.8 

May 13, 2005 

10.9*  McKesson Corporation Executive Benefit Retirement Plan, 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3 

October 29, 2008 

as amended and restated on October 24, 2008. 
10.10*  McKesson Corporation Executive Survivor Benefits Plan, 
as amended and restated as of January 20, 2010.  

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

January 25, 2010 

10.11†*  McKesson Corporation Severance Policy for Executive 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Employees, as amended and restated as of April 23, 2013. 

10.12*  McKesson Corporation Change in Control Policy for 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

February 1, 2011 

Selected Executive Employees, as amended and restated on 
October 26, 2010. 

10.13*  McKesson Corporation 2005 Management Incentive Plan, 
as amended and restated on April 21, 2010, effective July 
28, 2010. 

10.14*  Form of Statement of Terms and Conditions applicable to 
Awards under the McKesson Corporation 2005 
Management Incentive Plan. 

10.15*  McKesson Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, as 
amended and restated effective May 26, 2010. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3 

July 30, 2010 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.3 

July 26, 2012 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

July 30, 2010 

10.16*  Form of Statement and Terms and conditions applicable to 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.4 

July 26, 2012 

Awards under the McKesson Corporation Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

10.17*  McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as amended and 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.4 

July 30, 2010 

restated on July 28, 2010. 

10.18*  Forms of (i) Statement of Terms and Conditions, (ii) Stock 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

July 26, 2012 

Option Grant Notice and (iii), Restricted Stock Unit 
Agreement, each as applicable to Awards under the 
McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan. 

114 

  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

File 

Form
10-Q 

Number Exhibit 
1-13252 

10.1 

Filing Date
July 26, 2012 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

October 25, 2011 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

10.19  Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 16, 2012, to Fourth 

Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement 
and Fourth Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase 
Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2011, among the 
Company, as servicer, CGSF Funding Corporation, as 
seller, the several conduit purchasers from time to time 
party to the Agreement, the several committed purchasers 
from time to time party to the Agreement, the several 
managing agents from time to time party to the Agreement, 
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent. 

10.20  Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2011, among 
the Company and McKesson Canada Corporation, 
collectively, the Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A. as 
Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting 
through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative 
Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as L/C Issuer, The 
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD., The Bank of Nova 
Scotia and U.S. Bank National Association as Co-
Documentation Agents, and The Other Lenders Party 
Thereto, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
Incorporated, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager.

10.21  Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement, dated as of 

8-K 

1-13252 

99.1  December 26, 2012

December 21, 2012, among the Company, Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders. 
10.22*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective 
as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and 
its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.10 

October 29, 2008 

10.23*  Letter dated March 27, 2012 relinquishing certain rights 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

April 2, 2012 

provided in the Amended and Restated Employment 
Agreement by and between the Company and its Chairman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer. 

10.24*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective 
as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and 
its Executive Vice President and Group President. 
10.25*  Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement. 

12† 
21† 
23† 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP. 
Power of Attorney. 

24† 
31.1†  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, and adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.12 

October 29, 2008 

10-K 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

1-13252 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

10.27 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

May 4, 2010 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

31.2†  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 as amended, and adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

— 

— 

— 

115 

  
  
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

32††  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002. 

Incorporated by Reference 

File 

Form
— 

Number Exhibit 

— 

— 

Filing Date
— 

101†  The following materials from the McKesson Corporation 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2013, formatted in Extensible Business 
Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, 
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) related 
Financial Notes. 

________________ 

*  Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to 

participate. 

† 

Filed herewith. 

††  Furnished herewith. 

Registrant  agrees  to  furnish  to  the  Commission  upon  request  a  copy  of  each  instrument  defining  the  rights  of  security 
holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the registrant, the authorized principal amount of which does not exceed 
10% of the total assets of the registrant. 

116 

  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

Exhibit 31.1 

RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, John H. Hammergren, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the 
periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the  registrant's  ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 7, 2013 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

Exhibit 31.2 

RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Jeffrey C. Campbell, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the 
periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the  registrant's  ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 7, 2013 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 32 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the annual report of McKesson Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 
2013  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  the  undersigned,  in  the 
capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge: 

1.  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   
May 7, 2013 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
May 7, 2013 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and shall not, except to the 
extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for the purposes of Section 18 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to McKesson Corporation and will be 
retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank) 

 
 
Directors and Offi    cers

Corporate Information

Board of Directors 

Corporate Officers

Common Stock

John H. Hammergren

John H. Hammergren

Chairman of the Board, 

Chairman of the Board, 

President and 

President and 

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York 

Stock Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock 

tables carried by most newspapers.

Chief Executive Officer,

Chief Executive Officer

Stockholder Information

McKesson Corporation

Patrick J. Blake

Andy D. Bryant

Executive Vice President and 

Chairman of the Board,

Group President

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, 

Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100 acts as transfer agent, registrar, 

dividend-paying agent and dividend reinvestment plan agent 

for McKesson Corporation stock and maintains all registered 

Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd

Senior Counsel,

Goodwin Procter LLP

Alton F. Irby III

Chairman and 

Founding Partner,

London Bay Capital

M. Christine Jacobs

Chairman of the Board, 

President and 

Chief Executive Officer,

Theragenics Corporation

Marie L. Knowles

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial Officer, Retired, 

Atlantic Richfield Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D.

Chairman of the Board and 

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, 

Inc. and Kaiser Foundation 

Jeffrey C. Campbell

stockholder records for the Company. For information about 

Executive Vice President and 

McKesson Corporation stock or to request replacement of lost dividend 

Chief Financial Officer

checks, stock certificates or 1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend 

Jorge L. Figueredo

Executive Vice President, 

Human Resources 

check deposited directly into your checking or savings account, 

stockholders may call Wells Fargo Shareowner Services’ telephone 

response center at (866) 614-9635. For the hearing impaired call 

(651) 450-4144. Wells Fargo Shareowner Services also has a website—

Paul C. Julian

www.wellsfargo.com/shareownerservices—that stockholders may 

Executive Vice President and 

use 24 hours a day to request account information.

Group President

Dividends and Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Laureen E. Seeger

Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, 

Executive Vice President, 

April, July and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend 

General Counsel and 

Reinvestment Plan offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest 

Chief Compliance Officer

dividends in common stock and to purchase additional shares of 

Randall N. Spratt

Executive Vice President, 

Chief Technology Officer and 

Chief Information Officer

common stock. Stock in an individual’s Dividend Reinvestment 

Plan is held in book entry at the Company’s transfer agent, Wells 

Fargo Shareowner Services. For more information, or to request 

an enrollment form, call Wells Fargo Shareowner Services’ telephone 

response center at (866) 614-9635. From outside the United States, 

Brian S. Tyler

call +1-651-450-4064.

Executive Vice President, 

Corporate Strategy and 

Business Development

Annual Meeting

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will 

be held at 8:30 a.m. PDT, on Wednesday, July 31, 2013 at Parc 55 Hotel, 

Hospitals

Nicholas A. Loiacono

Market Street Room, 55 Cyril Magnin St., San Francisco, CA 94102.

Edward A. Mueller

Vice President and Treasurer

Chairman of the Board and 

Nigel A. Rees

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Vice President and Controller

Willie C. Bogan

Secretary

Qwest Communications 

International Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.

Chairman of the Board, Retired,

Intel Corporation;

Chairman of the Board and 

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Aerogen, Inc.

McKesson Corporation

One Post Street 

San Francisco, CA 94104

www.mckesson.com

© 2013 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved.